Home | History | Annotate | Download | only in src
      1 /*
      2 ** 2001 September 15
      3 **
      4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
      5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
      6 **
      7 **    May you do good and not evil.
      8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
      9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
     10 **
     11 *************************************************************************
     12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
     13 **
     14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
     15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
     16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
     17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
     18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
     19 ** another is writing.
     20 */
     21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
     22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
     23 #include "wal.h"
     24 
     25 
     26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
     27 **
     28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
     29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
     30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
     31 **
     32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
     33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
     34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
     35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
     36 **
     37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
     38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
     39 **
     40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
     41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
     42 **          synced.
     43 **
     44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
     45 **
     46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
     47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
     48 **
     49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
     50 **     following are true:
     51 **
     52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
     53 **
     54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
     55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
     56 **         number consists of a single page change.
     57 **
     58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
     59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
     60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
     61 **     transaction.
     62 **
     63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
     64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
     65 **
     66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
     67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
     68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
     69 **
     70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
     71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
     72 **
     73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
     74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
     75 **
     76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
     77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
     78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the the content of freelist leaf
     79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence
     80 ** of the database.
     81 **
     82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
     83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
     84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical
     85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
     86 **
     87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
     88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
     89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
     90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
     91 **     invoke it.)
     92 **
     93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
     94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
     95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
     96 **     database to flush their caches.
     97 **
     98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
     99 **      than one billion transactions.
    100 **
    101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
    102 **      of every transaction.
    103 **
    104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
    105 **      the database file.
    106 **
    107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
    108 **      content out of the database file.
    109 **
    110 ******************************************************************************/
    111 
    112 /*
    113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
    114 */
    115 #if 0
    116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
    117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
    118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
    119 #else
    120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
    121 #endif
    122 
    123 /*
    124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
    125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
    126 **
    127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
    128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
    129 ** struct as its argument.
    130 */
    131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
    132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
    133 
    134 /*
    135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
    136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
    137 ** state diagram.
    138 **
    139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
    140 **                              |         |      |
    141 **                              V         |      |
    142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
    143 **               |              |                |
    144 **               |              V                |
    145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
    146 **               |              |                ^
    147 **               |              V                |
    148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
    149 **               |              |                |
    150 **               |              V                |
    151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
    152 **               |              |                |
    153 **               |              V                |
    154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
    155 **
    156 **
    157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
    158 **
    159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
    160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
    161 **
    162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
    163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
    164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
    165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
    166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
    167 **
    168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
    169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
    170 **
    171 **
    172 **  OPEN:
    173 **
    174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
    175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
    176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
    177 **
    178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
    179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
    180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
    181 **
    182 **  READER:
    183 **
    184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
    185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
    186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
    187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
    188 **
    189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
    190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
    191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
    192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
    193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
    194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
    195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
    196 **
    197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
    198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
    199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
    200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
    201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
    202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
    203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
    204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
    205 **
    206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
    207 **
    208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
    209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
    210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
    211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
    212 **
    213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
    214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
    215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
    216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
    217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
    218 **    file.
    219 **
    220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
    221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
    222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
    223 **
    224 **    * A write transaction is active.
    225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
    226 **      lock is held on the database file.
    227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
    228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
    229 **      called).
    230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
    231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
    232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
    233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
    234 **
    235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
    236 **
    237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
    238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
    239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
    240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
    241 **
    242 **    * A write transaction is active.
    243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
    244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
    245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
    246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
    247 **
    248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
    249 **
    250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
    251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
    252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
    253 **    just the log file).
    254 **
    255 **    * A write transaction is active.
    256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
    257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
    258 **      and synced to disk.
    259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
    260 **      written to disk).
    261 **
    262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
    263 **
    264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
    265 **
    266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
    267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
    268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
    269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
    270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
    271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
    272 **
    273 **    * A write transaction is active.
    274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
    275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
    276 **      If no error occured, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
    277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
    278 **      to rollback the transaction.
    279 **
    280 **  ERROR:
    281 **
    282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
    283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
    284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
    285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
    286 **
    287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
    288 **    cannot.
    289 **
    290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
    291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
    292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
    293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
    294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
    295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
    296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
    297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
    298 **
    299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
    300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
    301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
    302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
    303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
    304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
    305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
    306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
    307 **    from the error.
    308 **
    309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
    310 **
    311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
    312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
    313 **
    314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
    315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
    316 **
    317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
    318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
    319 **         memory.
    320 **
    321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
    322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
    323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
    324 **
    325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
    326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
    327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
    328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
    329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
    330 **    state.
    331 **
    332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
    333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
    334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
    335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
    336 **
    337 **
    338 ** Notes:
    339 **
    340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
    341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
    342 **     of the first four states.
    343 **
    344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
    345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
    346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
    347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
    348 **
    349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
    350 */
    351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
    352 #define PAGER_READER                1
    353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
    354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
    355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
    356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
    357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
    358 
    359 /*
    360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
    361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
    362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
    363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
    364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
    365 **
    366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
    367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
    368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
    369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
    370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
    371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
    372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
    373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
    374 **
    375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
    376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
    377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
    378 **
    379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
    380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
    381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED
    382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
    383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
    384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
    385 ** of hot-journal detection.
    386 **
    387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
    388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
    389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
    390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
    391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
    392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
    393 ** without rolling it back.
    394 **
    395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
    396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
    397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
    398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
    399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
    400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
    401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
    402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
    403 **
    404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
    405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
    406 */
    407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
    408 
    409 /*
    410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
    411 */
    412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
    413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
    414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
    415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
    416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
    417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
    418 #else
    419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
    420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
    421 #endif
    422 
    423 /*
    424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
    425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
    426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
    427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
    428 */
    429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
    430 
    431 /*
    432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
    433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
    434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
    435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
    436 **
    437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
    438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
    439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
    440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
    441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
    442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
    443 */
    444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
    445 struct PagerSavepoint {
    446   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
    447   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
    448   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
    449   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
    450   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
    451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
    452   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
    453 #endif
    454 };
    455 
    456 /*
    457 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
    458 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
    459 **
    460 ** eState
    461 **
    462 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
    463 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
    464 **
    465 ** eLock
    466 **
    467 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
    468 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
    469 **
    470 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
    471 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
    472 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
    473 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
    474 **   need (and no reason to release them).
    475 **
    476 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
    477 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
    478 **   details.
    479 **
    480 ** changeCountDone
    481 **
    482 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
    483 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
    484 **   not updated more often than necessary.
    485 **
    486 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
    487 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
    488 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
    489 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
    490 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
    491 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
    492 **
    493 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
    494 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
    495 **   committed.
    496 **
    497 ** setMaster
    498 **
    499 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
    500 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
    501 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
    502 **
    503 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
    504 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
    505 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
    506 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
    507 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
    508 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
    509 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
    510 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
    511 **
    512 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
    513 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
    514 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
    515 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
    516 **
    517 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
    518 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
    519 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
    520 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
    521 **
    522 ** doNotSpill, doNotSyncSpill
    523 **
    524 **   These two boolean variables control the behaviour of cache-spills
    525 **   (calls made by the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to
    526 **   write cached data to the file-system in order to free up memory).
    527 **
    528 **   When doNotSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
    529 **   is disabled altogether. This is done in a very obscure case that
    530 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
    531 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
    532 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().
    533 **
    534 **   If doNotSyncSpill is non-zero, writing to the database from pagerStress()
    535 **   is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set
    536 **   by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than
    537 **   the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening
    538 **   in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
    539 **
    540 ** subjInMemory
    541 **
    542 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
    543 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
    544 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
    545 **
    546 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
    547 **   write-transaction is opened.
    548 **
    549 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
    550 **
    551 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
    552 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
    553 **   OPEN and ERROR).
    554 **
    555 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
    556 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
    557 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
    558 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
    559 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
    560 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
    561 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
    562 **   to dbSize==1).
    563 **
    564 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
    565 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
    566 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
    567 **   dbSize is updated.
    568 **
    569 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
    570 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
    571 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
    572 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
    573 **   being modified.
    574 **
    575 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
    576 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
    577 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
    578 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
    579 **
    580 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
    581 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
    582 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
    583 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
    584 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
    585 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
    586 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
    587 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
    588 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
    589 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
    590 **
    591 ** dbHintSize
    592 **
    593 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
    594 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
    595 **
    596 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
    597 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
    598 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
    599 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
    600 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
    601 **   details.
    602 **
    603 ** errCode
    604 **
    605 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
    606 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
    607 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
    608 **   sub-codes.
    609 */
    610 struct Pager {
    611   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
    612   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
    613   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
    614   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
    615   u8 noReadlock;              /* Do not bother to obtain readlocks */
    616   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
    617   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
    618   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
    619   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
    620   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
    621   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
    622   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
    623 
    624   /**************************************************************************
    625   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
    626   ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
    627   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
    628   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
    629   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
    630   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
    631   ** "configuration" of the pager.
    632   */
    633   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
    634   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
    635   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
    636   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
    637   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
    638   u8 doNotSyncSpill;          /* Do not do a spill that requires jrnl sync */
    639   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
    640   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
    641   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
    642   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
    643   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
    644   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
    645   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
    646   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
    647   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
    648   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
    649   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
    650   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
    651   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
    652   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
    653   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
    654   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
    655   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
    656   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
    657   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
    658   /*
    659   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
    660   ***************************************************************************/
    661 
    662   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
    663   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
    664   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
    665   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
    666   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
    667   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
    668   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
    669   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
    670   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
    671   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
    672   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
    673 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    674   int nHit, nMiss;            /* Cache hits and missing */
    675   int nRead, nWrite;          /* Database pages read/written */
    676 #endif
    677   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
    678 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
    679   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
    680   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
    681   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
    682   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
    683 #endif
    684   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
    685   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
    686 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
    687   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
    688   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
    689 #endif
    690 };
    691 
    692 /*
    693 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
    694 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
    695 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
    696 */
    697 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    698 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
    699 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
    700 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
    701 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
    702 #else
    703 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
    704 #endif
    705 
    706 
    707 
    708 /*
    709 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
    710 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
    711 **
    712 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
    713 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
    714 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
    715 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
    716 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
    717 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
    718 ** journal and ignore it.
    719 **
    720 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
    721 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
    722 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
    723 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
    724 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
    725 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
    726 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
    727 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
    728 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
    729 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
    730 */
    731 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
    732   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
    733 };
    734 
    735 /*
    736 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
    737 ** the following macro.
    738 */
    739 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
    740 
    741 /*
    742 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
    743 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
    744 */
    745 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
    746 
    747 /*
    748 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
    749 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
    750 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
    751 ** out code that would never execute.
    752 */
    753 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
    754 # define MEMDB 0
    755 #else
    756 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
    757 #endif
    758 
    759 /*
    760 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
    761 */
    762 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
    763 
    764 /*
    765 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
    766 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
    767 **
    768 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
    769 **
    770 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
    771 **
    772 ** instead of
    773 **
    774 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
    775 */
    776 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods)
    777 
    778 /*
    779 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
    780 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
    781 */
    782 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
    783 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
    784   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
    785 }
    786 #else
    787 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
    788 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
    789 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y,z) 0
    790 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
    791 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
    792 #endif
    793 
    794 #ifndef NDEBUG
    795 /*
    796 ** Usage:
    797 **
    798 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
    799 **
    800 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
    801 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
    802 */
    803 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
    804   Pager *pPager = p;
    805 
    806   /* State must be valid. */
    807   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
    808        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
    809        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
    810        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
    811        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
    812        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
    813        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
    814   );
    815 
    816   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
    817   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
    818   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
    819   */
    820   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    821   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
    822 
    823   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
    824   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
    825   */
    826   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
    827   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
    828 
    829   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
    830   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
    831   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
    832   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
    833   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
    834   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
    835   ** state.
    836   */
    837   if( MEMDB ){
    838     assert( p->noSync );
    839     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
    840          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
    841     );
    842     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
    843     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
    844   }
    845 
    846   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
    847   ** on the file.
    848   */
    849   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
    850   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
    851 
    852   switch( p->eState ){
    853     case PAGER_OPEN:
    854       assert( !MEMDB );
    855       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    856       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
    857       break;
    858 
    859     case PAGER_READER:
    860       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    861       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
    862       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || p->noReadlock );
    863       break;
    864 
    865     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
    866       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
    867       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    868       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    869         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
    870       }
    871       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
    872       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
    873       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
    874       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
    875       break;
    876 
    877     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
    878       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
    879       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    880       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
    881         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
    882         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
    883         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
    884         ** to journal_mode=wal.
    885         */
    886         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
    887         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
    888              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
    889              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
    890         );
    891       }
    892       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
    893       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
    894       break;
    895 
    896     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
    897       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    898       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    899       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
    900       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    901       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
    902            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
    903            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
    904       );
    905       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
    906       break;
    907 
    908     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
    909       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
    910       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
    911       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
    912       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
    913            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
    914            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
    915       );
    916       break;
    917 
    918     case PAGER_ERROR:
    919       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
    920       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
    921       ** back to OPEN state.
    922       */
    923       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
    924       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
    925       break;
    926   }
    927 
    928   return 1;
    929 }
    930 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
    931 
    932 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    933 /*
    934 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
    935 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
    936 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
    937 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
    938 **
    939 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
    940 */
    941 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
    942   static char zRet[1024];
    943 
    944   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
    945       "Filename:      %s\n"
    946       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
    947       "Lock:          %s\n"
    948       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
    949       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
    950       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
    951       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
    952       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
    953       , p->zFilename
    954       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
    955         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
    956         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
    957         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
    958         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
    959         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
    960         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
    961       , (int)p->errCode
    962       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
    963         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
    964         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
    965         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
    966         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
    967       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
    968       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
    969         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
    970         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
    971         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
    972         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
    973         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
    974       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
    975       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
    976       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
    977   );
    978 
    979   return zRet;
    980 }
    981 #endif
    982 
    983 /*
    984 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
    985 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
    986 ** or more open savepoints for which:
    987 **
    988 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
    989 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
    990 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
    991 */
    992 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
    993   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
    994   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
    995   int i;
    996   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
    997     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
    998     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
    999       return 1;
   1000     }
   1001   }
   1002   return 0;
   1003 }
   1004 
   1005 /*
   1006 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
   1007 */
   1008 static int pageInJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
   1009   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPg->pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
   1010 }
   1011 
   1012 /*
   1013 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
   1014 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
   1015 ** error code is something goes wrong.
   1016 **
   1017 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
   1018 */
   1019 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
   1020   unsigned char ac[4];
   1021   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
   1022   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   1023     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
   1024   }
   1025   return rc;
   1026 }
   1027 
   1028 /*
   1029 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
   1030 */
   1031 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
   1032 
   1033 
   1034 /*
   1035 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
   1036 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
   1037 */
   1038 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
   1039   char ac[4];
   1040   put32bits(ac, val);
   1041   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
   1042 }
   1043 
   1044 /*
   1045 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
   1046 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
   1047 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
   1048 **
   1049 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
   1050 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
   1051 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
   1052 */
   1053 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
   1054   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   1055 
   1056   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
   1057   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
   1058   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
   1059   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   1060     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
   1061     rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
   1062     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
   1063       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
   1064     }
   1065     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
   1066   }
   1067   return rc;
   1068 }
   1069 
   1070 /*
   1071 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
   1072 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
   1073 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
   1074 **
   1075 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
   1076 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
   1077 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
   1078 ** of this.
   1079 */
   1080 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
   1081   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   1082 
   1083   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   1084   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
   1085     rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
   1086     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
   1087       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
   1088       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
   1089     }
   1090   }
   1091   return rc;
   1092 }
   1093 
   1094 /*
   1095 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
   1096 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
   1097 **
   1098 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
   1099 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
   1100 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
   1101 **      to the page size.
   1102 **
   1103 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
   1104 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
   1105 ** database.
   1106 **
   1107 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
   1108 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
   1109 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
   1110 */
   1111 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   1112 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
   1113   assert( !MEMDB );
   1114   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
   1115     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
   1116     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
   1117     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
   1118 
   1119     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   1120     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
   1121     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
   1122     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
   1123 
   1124     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
   1125     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
   1126     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
   1127       return 0;
   1128     }
   1129   }
   1130 
   1131   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
   1132 }
   1133 #endif
   1134 
   1135 /*
   1136 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
   1137 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
   1138 ** and debugging only.
   1139 */
   1140 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
   1141 /*
   1142 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
   1143 */
   1144 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
   1145   u32 hash = 0;
   1146   int i;
   1147   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
   1148     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
   1149   }
   1150   return hash;
   1151 }
   1152 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
   1153   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
   1154 }
   1155 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
   1156   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
   1157 }
   1158 
   1159 /*
   1160 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
   1161 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
   1162 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
   1163 */
   1164 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
   1165 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
   1166   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   1167   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   1168   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
   1169 }
   1170 
   1171 #else
   1172 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
   1173 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
   1174 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
   1175 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
   1176 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
   1177 
   1178 /*
   1179 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
   1180 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
   1181 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
   1182 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
   1183 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
   1184 **
   1185 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
   1186 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
   1187 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
   1188 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
   1189 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
   1190 ** were present in the journal.
   1191 **
   1192 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
   1193 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
   1194 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
   1195 ** journal file name.
   1196 **
   1197 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
   1198 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
   1199 **
   1200 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
   1201 ** error code is returned.
   1202 */
   1203 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
   1204   int rc;                    /* Return code */
   1205   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
   1206   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
   1207   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
   1208   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
   1209   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
   1210   zMaster[0] = '\0';
   1211 
   1212   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
   1213    || szJ<16
   1214    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
   1215    || len>=nMaster
   1216    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
   1217    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
   1218    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
   1219    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
   1220   ){
   1221     return rc;
   1222   }
   1223 
   1224   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
   1225   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
   1226     cksum -= zMaster[u];
   1227   }
   1228   if( cksum ){
   1229     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
   1230     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
   1231     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
   1232     ** master-journal filename.
   1233     */
   1234     len = 0;
   1235   }
   1236   zMaster[len] = '\0';
   1237 
   1238   return SQLITE_OK;
   1239 }
   1240 
   1241 /*
   1242 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
   1243 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
   1244 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
   1245 **
   1246 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
   1247 **
   1248 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
   1249 **   ---------------------------------------
   1250 **   0                         0
   1251 **   512                       512
   1252 **   100                       512
   1253 **   2000                      2048
   1254 **
   1255 */
   1256 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
   1257   i64 offset = 0;
   1258   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
   1259   if( c ){
   1260     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   1261   }
   1262   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
   1263   assert( offset>=c );
   1264   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
   1265   return offset;
   1266 }
   1267 
   1268 /*
   1269 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
   1270 **
   1271 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
   1272 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
   1273 **
   1274 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
   1275 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
   1276 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
   1277 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
   1278 ** after writing or truncating it.
   1279 **
   1280 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
   1281 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
   1282 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
   1283 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
   1284 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
   1285 **
   1286 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
   1287 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
   1288 */
   1289 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
   1290   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
   1291   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   1292   if( pPager->journalOff ){
   1293     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
   1294 
   1295     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
   1296     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
   1297       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
   1298     }else{
   1299       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
   1300       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
   1301     }
   1302     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
   1303       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
   1304     }
   1305 
   1306     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
   1307     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
   1308     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
   1309     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
   1310     ** to sync the file following this operation.
   1311     */
   1312     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
   1313       i64 sz;
   1314       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
   1315       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
   1316         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
   1317       }
   1318     }
   1319   }
   1320   return rc;
   1321 }
   1322 
   1323 /*
   1324 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
   1325 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
   1326 ** current location.
   1327 **
   1328 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
   1329 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
   1330 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
   1331 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
   1332 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
   1333 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
   1334 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
   1335 **
   1336 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
   1337 */
   1338 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
   1339   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
   1340   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
   1341   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
   1342   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
   1343   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
   1344 
   1345   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
   1346 
   1347   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
   1348     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   1349   }
   1350 
   1351   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
   1352   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
   1353   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
   1354   */
   1355   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
   1356     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
   1357       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
   1358     }
   1359   }
   1360 
   1361   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
   1362 
   1363   /*
   1364   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
   1365   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
   1366   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
   1367   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
   1368   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
   1369   **
   1370   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
   1371   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
   1372   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
   1373   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
   1374   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
   1375   ** where this risk can be ignored:
   1376   **
   1377   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
   1378   **     power failure in this case anyway.
   1379   **
   1380   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
   1381   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
   1382   */
   1383   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
   1384   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
   1385    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
   1386   ){
   1387     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
   1388     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
   1389   }else{
   1390     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
   1391   }
   1392 
   1393   /* The random check-hash initialiser */
   1394   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
   1395   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
   1396   /* The initial database size */
   1397   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
   1398   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
   1399   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
   1400 
   1401   /* The page size */
   1402   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
   1403 
   1404   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
   1405   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
   1406   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
   1407   ** take the performance hit.
   1408   */
   1409   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
   1410          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
   1411 
   1412   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
   1413   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
   1414   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
   1415   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
   1416   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
   1417   **
   1418   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
   1419   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
   1420   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
   1421   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
   1422   ** is done.
   1423   **
   1424   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
   1425   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
   1426   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
   1427   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
   1428   */
   1429   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
   1430     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
   1431     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
   1432     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
   1433     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
   1434   }
   1435 
   1436   return rc;
   1437 }
   1438 
   1439 /*
   1440 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
   1441 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
   1442 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
   1443 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
   1444 ** a description of the journal header format.
   1445 **
   1446 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
   1447 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
   1448 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
   1449 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
   1450 ** in this case.
   1451 **
   1452 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
   1453 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
   1454 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
   1455 */
   1456 static int readJournalHdr(
   1457   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
   1458   int isHot,
   1459   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
   1460   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
   1461   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
   1462 ){
   1463   int rc;                      /* Return code */
   1464   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
   1465   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
   1466 
   1467   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
   1468 
   1469   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
   1470   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
   1471   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
   1472   */
   1473   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
   1474   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
   1475     return SQLITE_DONE;
   1476   }
   1477   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
   1478 
   1479   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
   1480   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
   1481   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
   1482   ** proceed.
   1483   */
   1484   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
   1485     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
   1486     if( rc ){
   1487       return rc;
   1488     }
   1489     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
   1490       return SQLITE_DONE;
   1491     }
   1492   }
   1493 
   1494   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
   1495   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
   1496   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
   1497   */
   1498   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
   1499    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
   1500    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
   1501   ){
   1502     return rc;
   1503   }
   1504 
   1505   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
   1506     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
   1507     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
   1508 
   1509     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
   1510     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
   1511      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
   1512     ){
   1513       return rc;
   1514     }
   1515 
   1516     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
   1517     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
   1518     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
   1519     */
   1520     if( iPageSize==0 ){
   1521       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
   1522     }
   1523 
   1524     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
   1525     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
   1526     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
   1527     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
   1528     */
   1529     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
   1530      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
   1531      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
   1532     ){
   1533       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
   1534       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
   1535       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
   1536       ** the journal file here.
   1537       */
   1538       return SQLITE_DONE;
   1539     }
   1540 
   1541     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
   1542     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
   1543     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
   1544     */
   1545     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
   1546     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   1547 
   1548     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
   1549     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
   1550     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
   1551     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
   1552     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
   1553     */
   1554     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
   1555   }
   1556 
   1557   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   1558   return rc;
   1559 }
   1560 
   1561 
   1562 /*
   1563 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
   1564 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
   1565 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
   1566 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
   1567 ** anything is written. The format is:
   1568 **
   1569 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
   1570 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
   1571 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
   1572 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
   1573 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
   1574 **
   1575 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
   1576 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
   1577 **
   1578 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
   1579 ** this call is a no-op.
   1580 */
   1581 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
   1582   int rc;                          /* Return code */
   1583   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
   1584   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
   1585   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
   1586   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
   1587 
   1588   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
   1589   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   1590 
   1591   if( !zMaster
   1592    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
   1593    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   1594   ){
   1595     return SQLITE_OK;
   1596   }
   1597   pPager->setMaster = 1;
   1598   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   1599   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
   1600 
   1601   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
   1602   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
   1603     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
   1604   }
   1605 
   1606   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
   1607   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
   1608   ** the journal has already been synced.
   1609   */
   1610   if( pPager->fullSync ){
   1611     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
   1612   }
   1613   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
   1614 
   1615   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
   1616   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
   1617   */
   1618   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
   1619    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
   1620    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
   1621    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
   1622    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
   1623   ){
   1624     return rc;
   1625   }
   1626   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
   1627 
   1628   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
   1629   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
   1630   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
   1631   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
   1632   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
   1633   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
   1634   **
   1635   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
   1636   ** file to the required size.
   1637   */
   1638   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
   1639    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
   1640   ){
   1641     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
   1642   }
   1643   return rc;
   1644 }
   1645 
   1646 /*
   1647 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return
   1648 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not
   1649 ** already in memory.
   1650 */
   1651 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
   1652   PgHdr *p;                         /* Return value */
   1653 
   1654   /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to
   1655   ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made.
   1656   */
   1657   (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p);
   1658   return p;
   1659 }
   1660 
   1661 /*
   1662 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
   1663 */
   1664 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
   1665   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
   1666   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
   1667 }
   1668 
   1669 /*
   1670 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
   1671 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
   1672 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
   1673 */
   1674 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
   1675   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
   1676   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
   1677     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
   1678   }
   1679   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
   1680     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
   1681   }
   1682   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
   1683   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
   1684   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
   1685   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
   1686 }
   1687 
   1688 /*
   1689 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
   1690 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
   1691 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
   1692 */
   1693 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
   1694   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
   1695   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
   1696 
   1697   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
   1698     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
   1699     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
   1700       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
   1701       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   1702       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   1703     }
   1704   }
   1705   return rc;
   1706 }
   1707 
   1708 /*
   1709 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
   1710 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
   1711 ** state.
   1712 **
   1713 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
   1714 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
   1715 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
   1716 ** closed (if it is open).
   1717 **
   1718 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
   1719 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
   1720 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
   1721 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
   1722 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
   1723 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
   1724 */
   1725 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
   1726 
   1727   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
   1728        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
   1729        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
   1730   );
   1731 
   1732   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
   1733   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
   1734   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
   1735 
   1736   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   1737     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   1738     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
   1739     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   1740   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
   1741     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
   1742     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
   1743 
   1744     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
   1745     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
   1746     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
   1747     ** out from under us.
   1748     */
   1749     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
   1750     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
   1751     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
   1752     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
   1753     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
   1754     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
   1755     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
   1756      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
   1757     ){
   1758       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   1759     }
   1760 
   1761     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
   1762     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
   1763     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
   1764     ** is necessary.
   1765     */
   1766     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
   1767     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
   1768       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
   1769     }
   1770 
   1771     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
   1772     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
   1773     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
   1774     */
   1775     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   1776     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
   1777     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   1778   }
   1779 
   1780   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
   1781   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
   1782   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
   1783   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
   1784   */
   1785   if( pPager->errCode ){
   1786     assert( !MEMDB );
   1787     pager_reset(pPager);
   1788     pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
   1789     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   1790     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
   1791   }
   1792 
   1793   pPager->journalOff = 0;
   1794   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
   1795   pPager->setMaster = 0;
   1796 }
   1797 
   1798 /*
   1799 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
   1800 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
   1801 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
   1802 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
   1803 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
   1804 **
   1805 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
   1806 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
   1807 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
   1808 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
   1809 **
   1810 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
   1811 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
   1812 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
   1813 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
   1814 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
   1815 ** it were a hot-journal).
   1816 */
   1817 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
   1818   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
   1819   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
   1820   assert(
   1821        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
   1822        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
   1823        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
   1824   );
   1825   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
   1826     pPager->errCode = rc;
   1827     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
   1828   }
   1829   return rc;
   1830 }
   1831 
   1832 /*
   1833 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
   1834 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
   1835 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
   1836 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
   1837 ** database transaction.
   1838 **
   1839 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
   1840 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
   1841 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
   1842 **
   1843 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
   1844 **
   1845 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
   1846 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
   1847 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
   1848 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
   1849 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
   1850 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
   1851 **
   1852 **   journalMode==MEMORY
   1853 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
   1854 **     in-memory journal.
   1855 **
   1856 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
   1857 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
   1858 **
   1859 **   journalMode==PERSIST
   1860 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
   1861 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
   1862 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
   1863 **
   1864 **   journalMode==DELETE
   1865 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
   1866 **
   1867 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
   1868 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
   1869 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
   1870 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
   1871 **
   1872 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
   1873 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
   1874 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
   1875 **
   1876 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
   1877 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
   1878 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
   1879 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
   1880 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
   1881 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
   1882 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
   1883 ** returned.
   1884 */
   1885 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster){
   1886   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
   1887   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
   1888 
   1889   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
   1890   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
   1891   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
   1892   ** held under two circumstances:
   1893   **
   1894   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
   1895   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
   1896   **
   1897   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
   1898   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
   1899   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
   1900   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
   1901   */
   1902   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   1903   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   1904   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
   1905     return SQLITE_OK;
   1906   }
   1907 
   1908   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
   1909   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
   1910   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   1911     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   1912 
   1913     /* Finalize the journal file. */
   1914     if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){
   1915       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
   1916       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   1917     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
   1918       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
   1919         rc = SQLITE_OK;
   1920       }else{
   1921         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
   1922       }
   1923       pPager->journalOff = 0;
   1924     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
   1925       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
   1926     ){
   1927       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster);
   1928       pPager->journalOff = 0;
   1929     }else{
   1930       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
   1931       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
   1932       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
   1933       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
   1934       */
   1935       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
   1936            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
   1937            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
   1938       );
   1939       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   1940       if( !pPager->tempFile ){
   1941         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
   1942       }
   1943     }
   1944   }
   1945 
   1946 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
   1947   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
   1948   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
   1949     PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1);
   1950     if( p ){
   1951       p->pageHash = 0;
   1952       sqlite3PagerUnref(p);
   1953     }
   1954   }
   1955 #endif
   1956 
   1957   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
   1958   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
   1959   pPager->nRec = 0;
   1960   sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
   1961   sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
   1962 
   1963   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   1964     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
   1965     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
   1966     ** lock held on the database file.
   1967     */
   1968     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
   1969     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
   1970   }
   1971   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
   1972    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
   1973   ){
   1974     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   1975     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
   1976   }
   1977   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
   1978   pPager->setMaster = 0;
   1979 
   1980   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
   1981 }
   1982 
   1983 /*
   1984 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
   1985 ** database file.
   1986 **
   1987 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
   1988 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
   1989 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
   1990 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
   1991 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
   1992 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
   1993 ** will roll it back.
   1994 **
   1995 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
   1996 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
   1997 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
   1998 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
   1999 */
   2000 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
   2001   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
   2002     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   2003     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
   2004       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
   2005       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
   2006       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
   2007     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
   2008       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
   2009       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
   2010     }
   2011   }
   2012   pager_unlock(pPager);
   2013 }
   2014 
   2015 /*
   2016 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
   2017 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
   2018 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
   2019 **
   2020 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
   2021 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
   2022 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
   2023 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
   2024 **
   2025 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
   2026 ** incompatible journal file format.
   2027 **
   2028 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
   2029 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
   2030 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
   2031 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
   2032 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
   2033 */
   2034 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
   2035   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
   2036   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
   2037   while( i>0 ){
   2038     cksum += aData[i];
   2039     i -= 200;
   2040   }
   2041   return cksum;
   2042 }
   2043 
   2044 /*
   2045 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
   2046 ** to the codec.
   2047 */
   2048 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   2049 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
   2050   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
   2051     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
   2052                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
   2053   }
   2054 }
   2055 #else
   2056 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
   2057 #endif
   2058 
   2059 /*
   2060 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
   2061 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
   2062 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
   2063 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
   2064 **
   2065 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
   2066 ** not.
   2067 **
   2068 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
   2069 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
   2070 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
   2071 **
   2072 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
   2073 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
   2074 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
   2075 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
   2076 ** prior to returning.
   2077 **
   2078 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
   2079 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
   2080 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
   2081 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
   2082 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
   2083 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
   2084 ** two circumstances:
   2085 **
   2086 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
   2087 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
   2088 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
   2089 **
   2090 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
   2091 **
   2092 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
   2093 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
   2094 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
   2095 */
   2096 static int pager_playback_one_page(
   2097   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
   2098   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
   2099   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
   2100   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
   2101   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
   2102 ){
   2103   int rc;
   2104   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
   2105   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
   2106   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
   2107   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
   2108   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
   2109   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
   2110 
   2111   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
   2112   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
   2113   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
   2114   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
   2115 
   2116   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
   2117   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
   2118   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
   2119 
   2120   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
   2121   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
   2122   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
   2123   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
   2124   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
   2125   */
   2126   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   2127        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
   2128   );
   2129   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
   2130 
   2131   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
   2132   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
   2133   */
   2134   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
   2135   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
   2136   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   2137   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
   2138   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   2139   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
   2140 
   2141   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
   2142   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
   2143   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
   2144   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
   2145   */
   2146   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
   2147     assert( !isSavepnt );
   2148     return SQLITE_DONE;
   2149   }
   2150   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
   2151     return SQLITE_OK;
   2152   }
   2153   if( isMainJrnl ){
   2154     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
   2155     if( rc ) return rc;
   2156     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
   2157       return SQLITE_DONE;
   2158     }
   2159   }
   2160 
   2161   /* If this page has already been played by before during the current
   2162   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
   2163   */
   2164   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2165     return rc;
   2166   }
   2167 
   2168   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
   2169   */
   2170   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
   2171     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
   2172     pagerReportSize(pPager);
   2173   }
   2174 
   2175   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
   2176   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
   2177   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
   2178   **
   2179   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
   2180   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
   2181   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
   2182   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
   2183   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
   2184   ** assert()able.
   2185   **
   2186   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
   2187   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
   2188   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
   2189   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
   2190   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
   2191   **
   2192   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
   2193   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
   2194   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
   2195   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
   2196   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
   2197   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
   2198   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
   2199   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
   2200   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
   2201   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
   2202   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
   2203   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
   2204   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
   2205   **
   2206   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
   2207   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
   2208   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
   2209   */
   2210   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   2211     pPg = 0;
   2212   }else{
   2213     pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
   2214   }
   2215   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
   2216   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 );
   2217   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
   2218            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
   2219            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
   2220   ));
   2221   if( isMainJrnl ){
   2222     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
   2223   }else{
   2224     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
   2225   }
   2226   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
   2227    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
   2228    && isSynced
   2229   ){
   2230     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
   2231     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
   2232     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   2233     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
   2234     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
   2235       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
   2236     }
   2237     if( pPager->pBackup ){
   2238       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
   2239       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
   2240       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData);
   2241     }
   2242   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
   2243     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
   2244     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
   2245     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
   2246     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
   2247     ** current.
   2248     **
   2249     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
   2250     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
   2251     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
   2252     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
   2253     **
   2254     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
   2255     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
   2256     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
   2257     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
   2258     */
   2259     assert( isSavepnt );
   2260     assert( pPager->doNotSpill==0 );
   2261     pPager->doNotSpill++;
   2262     rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
   2263     assert( pPager->doNotSpill==1 );
   2264     pPager->doNotSpill--;
   2265     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   2266     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ;
   2267     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
   2268   }
   2269   if( pPg ){
   2270     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
   2271     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
   2272     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
   2273     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
   2274     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
   2275     */
   2276     void *pData;
   2277     pData = pPg->pData;
   2278     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
   2279     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
   2280     if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){
   2281       /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main
   2282       ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the
   2283       ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page
   2284       ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the
   2285       ** database.
   2286       **
   2287       ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled
   2288       ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an
   2289       ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe
   2290       ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as
   2291       ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is
   2292       ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and
   2293       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to
   2294       ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but
   2295       ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially
   2296       ** be written out into the database file before its journal file
   2297       ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this,
   2298       ** database corruption may ensue.
   2299       */
   2300       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   2301       sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
   2302     }
   2303     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
   2304 
   2305     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
   2306     ** Do this before any decoding. */
   2307     if( pgno==1 ){
   2308       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
   2309     }
   2310 
   2311     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
   2312     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM);
   2313     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
   2314   }
   2315   return rc;
   2316 }
   2317 
   2318 /*
   2319 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
   2320 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
   2321 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
   2322 ** and does so if it is.
   2323 **
   2324 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
   2325 ** available for use within this function.
   2326 **
   2327 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
   2328 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
   2329 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
   2330 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
   2331 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
   2332 **
   2333 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
   2334 **
   2335 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
   2336 ** journals have been rolled back.
   2337 **
   2338 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
   2339 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
   2340 ** each child journal, it checks if:
   2341 **
   2342 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
   2343 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
   2344 **     file zMaster
   2345 **
   2346 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
   2347 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
   2348 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
   2349 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
   2350 **
   2351 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
   2352 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
   2353 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
   2354 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   2355 **
   2356 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
   2357 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
   2358 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
   2359 ** size.
   2360 */
   2361 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
   2362   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   2363   int rc;                   /* Return code */
   2364   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
   2365   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
   2366   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
   2367   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
   2368   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
   2369   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
   2370   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
   2371 
   2372   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
   2373   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
   2374   */
   2375   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
   2376   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
   2377   if( !pMaster ){
   2378     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   2379   }else{
   2380     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
   2381     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
   2382   }
   2383   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
   2384 
   2385   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
   2386   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
   2387   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
   2388   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
   2389   */
   2390   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
   2391   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
   2392   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
   2393   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
   2394   if( !zMasterJournal ){
   2395     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   2396     goto delmaster_out;
   2397   }
   2398   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
   2399   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
   2400   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
   2401   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
   2402 
   2403   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
   2404   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
   2405     int exists;
   2406     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
   2407     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2408       goto delmaster_out;
   2409     }
   2410     if( exists ){
   2411       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
   2412       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
   2413       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
   2414       */
   2415       int c;
   2416       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
   2417       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
   2418       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2419         goto delmaster_out;
   2420       }
   2421 
   2422       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
   2423       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
   2424       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2425         goto delmaster_out;
   2426       }
   2427 
   2428       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
   2429       if( c ){
   2430         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
   2431         goto delmaster_out;
   2432       }
   2433     }
   2434     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
   2435   }
   2436 
   2437   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
   2438   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
   2439 
   2440 delmaster_out:
   2441   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
   2442   if( pMaster ){
   2443     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
   2444     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
   2445     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
   2446   }
   2447   return rc;
   2448 }
   2449 
   2450 
   2451 /*
   2452 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
   2453 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
   2454 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
   2455 **
   2456 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
   2457 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
   2458 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
   2459 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
   2460 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
   2461 **
   2462 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
   2463 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
   2464 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
   2465 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
   2466 ** the end of the new file instead.
   2467 **
   2468 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
   2469 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
   2470 */
   2471 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
   2472   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2473   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   2474   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
   2475 
   2476   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
   2477    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
   2478   ){
   2479     i64 currentSize, newSize;
   2480     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
   2481     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   2482     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
   2483     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
   2484     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
   2485     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
   2486       if( currentSize>newSize ){
   2487         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
   2488       }else{
   2489         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
   2490         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
   2491         testcase( (newSize-szPage) <  currentSize );
   2492         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
   2493         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
   2494         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
   2495       }
   2496       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2497         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
   2498       }
   2499     }
   2500   }
   2501   return rc;
   2502 }
   2503 
   2504 /*
   2505 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
   2506 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
   2507 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used
   2508 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
   2509 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
   2510 **
   2511 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
   2512 **
   2513 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
   2514 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
   2515 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
   2516 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
   2517 */
   2518 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
   2519   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
   2520 
   2521   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
   2522     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
   2523     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
   2524     ** call will segfault.
   2525     */
   2526     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pPager->fd);
   2527   }
   2528   if( pPager->sectorSize<32 ){
   2529     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
   2530   }
   2531   if( pPager->sectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
   2532     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
   2533     pPager->sectorSize = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
   2534   }
   2535 }
   2536 
   2537 /*
   2538 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
   2539 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
   2540 **
   2541 ** The journal file format is as follows:
   2542 **
   2543 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
   2544 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
   2545 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
   2546 **       number of page records from the journal size.
   2547 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
   2548 **       sanity checksum.
   2549 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
   2550 **       database to during a rollback.
   2551 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
   2552 **       is this many bytes in size.
   2553 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
   2554 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
   2555 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
   2556 **        +  4 byte page number.
   2557 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
   2558 **        +  4 byte checksum
   2559 **
   2560 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
   2561 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
   2562 **
   2563 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
   2564 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
   2565 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
   2566 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
   2567 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
   2568 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
   2569 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
   2570 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
   2571 **
   2572 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
   2573 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
   2574 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
   2575 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
   2576 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
   2577 **
   2578 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
   2579 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
   2580 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
   2581 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
   2582 ** been encountered.
   2583 **
   2584 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
   2585 ** and an error code is returned.
   2586 **
   2587 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
   2588 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
   2589 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
   2590 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
   2591 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
   2592 ** needed.
   2593 */
   2594 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
   2595   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   2596   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
   2597   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
   2598   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
   2599   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
   2600   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
   2601   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
   2602   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
   2603   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
   2604 
   2605   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
   2606   ** the journal is empty.
   2607   */
   2608   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   2609   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
   2610   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2611     goto end_playback;
   2612   }
   2613 
   2614   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
   2615   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
   2616   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
   2617   ** played back.
   2618   **
   2619   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
   2620   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
   2621   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
   2622   **  mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
   2623   ** for pageSize.
   2624   */
   2625   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
   2626   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
   2627   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
   2628     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
   2629   }
   2630   zMaster = 0;
   2631   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
   2632     goto end_playback;
   2633   }
   2634   pPager->journalOff = 0;
   2635   needPagerReset = isHot;
   2636 
   2637   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
   2638   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
   2639   ** occurs.
   2640   */
   2641   while( 1 ){
   2642     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
   2643     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
   2644     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
   2645     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
   2646     */
   2647     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
   2648     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2649       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
   2650         rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2651       }
   2652       goto end_playback;
   2653     }
   2654 
   2655     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
   2656     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
   2657     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
   2658     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
   2659     */
   2660     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
   2661       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
   2662       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
   2663     }
   2664 
   2665     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
   2666     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
   2667     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
   2668     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
   2669     ** size of the file.
   2670     **
   2671     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
   2672     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
   2673     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
   2674     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
   2675     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
   2676     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
   2677     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
   2678     */
   2679     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
   2680         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
   2681       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
   2682     }
   2683 
   2684     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
   2685     ** database file back to its original size.
   2686     */
   2687     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
   2688       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
   2689       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2690         goto end_playback;
   2691       }
   2692       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
   2693     }
   2694 
   2695     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
   2696     ** database file and/or page cache.
   2697     */
   2698     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
   2699       if( needPagerReset ){
   2700         pager_reset(pPager);
   2701         needPagerReset = 0;
   2702       }
   2703       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
   2704       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   2705         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
   2706           rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2707           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
   2708           break;
   2709         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   2710           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
   2711           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
   2712           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
   2713           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
   2714           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
   2715           rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2716           goto end_playback;
   2717         }else{
   2718           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
   2719           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
   2720           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
   2721           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
   2722           */
   2723           goto end_playback;
   2724         }
   2725       }
   2726     }
   2727   }
   2728   /*NOTREACHED*/
   2729   assert( 0 );
   2730 
   2731 end_playback:
   2732   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
   2733   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
   2734   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
   2735   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
   2736   */
   2737   assert(
   2738     pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ||
   2739     sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0)>=SQLITE_OK
   2740   );
   2741 
   2742   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
   2743   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
   2744   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
   2745   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
   2746   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
   2747   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
   2748   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
   2749   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
   2750   */
   2751   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
   2752 
   2753   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2754     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
   2755     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
   2756     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   2757   }
   2758   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
   2759    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
   2760   ){
   2761     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
   2762   }
   2763   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2764     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0');
   2765     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   2766   }
   2767   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
   2768     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
   2769     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
   2770     */
   2771     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
   2772     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   2773   }
   2774 
   2775   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
   2776   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
   2777   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
   2778   */
   2779   setSectorSize(pPager);
   2780   return rc;
   2781 }
   2782 
   2783 
   2784 /*
   2785 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
   2786 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
   2787 ** file before this function is called.
   2788 **
   2789 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
   2790 ** the value read from the database file.
   2791 **
   2792 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
   2793 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   2794 */
   2795 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
   2796   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
   2797   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
   2798   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
   2799   int isInWal = 0;             /* True if page is in log file */
   2800   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
   2801 
   2802   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
   2803   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   2804 
   2805   if( NEVER(!isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
   2806     assert( pPager->tempFile );
   2807     memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
   2808     return SQLITE_OK;
   2809   }
   2810 
   2811   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   2812     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
   2813     rc = sqlite3WalRead(pPager->pWal, pgno, &isInWal, pgsz, pPg->pData);
   2814   }
   2815   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !isInWal ){
   2816     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
   2817     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
   2818     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   2819       rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2820     }
   2821   }
   2822 
   2823   if( pgno==1 ){
   2824     if( rc ){
   2825       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
   2826       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
   2827       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
   2828       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
   2829       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
   2830       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
   2831       **
   2832       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
   2833       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
   2834       ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
   2835       ** we should still be ok.
   2836       */
   2837       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
   2838     }else{
   2839       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
   2840       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
   2841     }
   2842   }
   2843   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM);
   2844 
   2845   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
   2846   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
   2847   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
   2848   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
   2849                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
   2850 
   2851   return rc;
   2852 }
   2853 
   2854 /*
   2855 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
   2856 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
   2857 **
   2858 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
   2859 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
   2860 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
   2861 */
   2862 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
   2863   u32 change_counter;
   2864 
   2865   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
   2866   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
   2867   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
   2868 
   2869   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
   2870   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
   2871   ** is valid. */
   2872   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
   2873   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
   2874 }
   2875 
   2876 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   2877 /*
   2878 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
   2879 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
   2880 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
   2881 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
   2882 **
   2883 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
   2884 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
   2885 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
   2886 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
   2887 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
   2888 */
   2889 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
   2890   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   2891   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
   2892   PgHdr *pPg;
   2893 
   2894   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
   2895   if( pPg ){
   2896     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
   2897       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
   2898     }else{
   2899       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
   2900       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2901         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
   2902       }
   2903       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg);
   2904     }
   2905   }
   2906 
   2907   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
   2908   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
   2909   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
   2910   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
   2911   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
   2912   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
   2913   ** the backups must be restarted.
   2914   */
   2915   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
   2916 
   2917   return rc;
   2918 }
   2919 
   2920 /*
   2921 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
   2922 */
   2923 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
   2924   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
   2925   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
   2926 
   2927   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
   2928   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
   2929   ** following:
   2930   **
   2931   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
   2932   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
   2933   */
   2934   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
   2935   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
   2936   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
   2937   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   2938     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
   2939     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
   2940     pList = pNext;
   2941   }
   2942 
   2943   return rc;
   2944 }
   2945 
   2946 /*
   2947 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
   2948 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
   2949 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
   2950 ** changed.
   2951 **
   2952 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
   2953 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
   2954 */
   2955 static int pagerWalFrames(
   2956   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
   2957   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
   2958   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
   2959   int isCommit,                   /* True if this is a commit */
   2960   int syncFlags                   /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */
   2961 ){
   2962   int rc;                         /* Return code */
   2963 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES)
   2964   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
   2965 #endif
   2966 
   2967   assert( pPager->pWal );
   2968 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
   2969   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
   2970   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
   2971     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
   2972   }
   2973 #endif
   2974 
   2975   if( isCommit ){
   2976     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
   2977     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
   2978     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
   2979     ** list here. */
   2980     PgHdr *p;
   2981     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
   2982     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p); p=p->pDirty){
   2983       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ) ppNext = &p->pDirty;
   2984     }
   2985     assert( pList );
   2986   }
   2987 
   2988   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
   2989   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
   2990       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, syncFlags
   2991   );
   2992   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
   2993     PgHdr *p;
   2994     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
   2995       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
   2996     }
   2997   }
   2998 
   2999 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
   3000   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
   3001   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
   3002     pager_set_pagehash(p);
   3003   }
   3004 #endif
   3005 
   3006   return rc;
   3007 }
   3008 
   3009 /*
   3010 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
   3011 **
   3012 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
   3013 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
   3014 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
   3015 ** other writers or checkpointers.
   3016 */
   3017 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
   3018   int rc;                         /* Return code */
   3019   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
   3020 
   3021   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   3022   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
   3023 
   3024   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
   3025   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
   3026   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
   3027   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
   3028   */
   3029   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
   3030 
   3031   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
   3032   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
   3033     pager_reset(pPager);
   3034   }
   3035 
   3036   return rc;
   3037 }
   3038 #endif
   3039 
   3040 /*
   3041 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
   3042 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
   3043 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
   3044 **
   3045 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
   3046 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
   3047 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
   3048 */
   3049 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
   3050   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
   3051 
   3052   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
   3053   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
   3054   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
   3055   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
   3056   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
   3057   */
   3058   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   3059   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
   3060   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
   3061 
   3062   /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system,
   3063   ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size
   3064   ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size,
   3065   ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0
   3066   ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page.
   3067   */
   3068   if( nPage==0 ){
   3069     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
   3070     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
   3071     if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   3072       int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
   3073       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   3074         return rc;
   3075       }
   3076     }
   3077     nPage = (Pgno)(n / pPager->pageSize);
   3078     if( nPage==0 && n>0 ){
   3079       nPage = 1;
   3080     }
   3081   }
   3082 
   3083   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
   3084   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
   3085   ** that the file can be read.
   3086   */
   3087   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
   3088     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
   3089   }
   3090 
   3091   *pnPage = nPage;
   3092   return SQLITE_OK;
   3093 }
   3094 
   3095 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   3096 /*
   3097 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
   3098 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
   3099 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
   3100 **
   3101 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
   3102 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
   3103 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
   3104 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
   3105 **
   3106 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
   3107 **
   3108 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
   3109 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
   3110 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
   3111 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
   3112 ** other connection.
   3113 */
   3114 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
   3115   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3116   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   3117   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock );
   3118 
   3119   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
   3120     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
   3121     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
   3122 
   3123     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
   3124     if( rc ) return rc;
   3125     if( nPage==0 ){
   3126       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
   3127       isWal = 0;
   3128     }else{
   3129       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
   3130           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
   3131       );
   3132     }
   3133     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3134       if( isWal ){
   3135         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
   3136         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
   3137       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
   3138         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
   3139       }
   3140     }
   3141   }
   3142   return rc;
   3143 }
   3144 #endif
   3145 
   3146 /*
   3147 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
   3148 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
   3149 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
   3150 ** savepoint.
   3151 **
   3152 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
   3153 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
   3154 ** performed in the order specified:
   3155 **
   3156 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
   3157 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
   3158 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
   3159 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
   3160 **
   3161 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
   3162 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
   3163 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
   3164 **
   3165 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
   3166 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
   3167 **     the journal file.
   3168 **
   3169 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
   3170 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
   3171 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
   3172 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
   3173 **
   3174 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
   3175 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
   3176 **
   3177 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
   3178 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
   3179 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
   3180 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
   3181 */
   3182 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
   3183   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
   3184   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
   3185   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
   3186   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
   3187 
   3188   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   3189   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   3190 
   3191   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
   3192   if( pSavepoint ){
   3193     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
   3194     if( !pDone ){
   3195       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   3196     }
   3197   }
   3198 
   3199   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
   3200   ** being reverted was opened.
   3201   */
   3202   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
   3203   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
   3204 
   3205   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   3206     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
   3207   }
   3208 
   3209   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
   3210   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
   3211   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
   3212   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
   3213   */
   3214   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
   3215   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
   3216 
   3217   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
   3218   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
   3219   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
   3220   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
   3221   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
   3222   ** are played back.
   3223   */
   3224   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   3225     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
   3226     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
   3227     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
   3228       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
   3229     }
   3230     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   3231   }else{
   3232     pPager->journalOff = 0;
   3233   }
   3234 
   3235   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
   3236   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
   3237   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
   3238   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
   3239   */
   3240   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
   3241     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
   3242     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
   3243     u32 dummy;
   3244     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
   3245     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   3246 
   3247     /*
   3248     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
   3249     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
   3250     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
   3251     */
   3252     if( nJRec==0
   3253      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
   3254     ){
   3255       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
   3256     }
   3257     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
   3258       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
   3259     }
   3260     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   3261   }
   3262   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
   3263 
   3264   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
   3265   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
   3266   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
   3267   */
   3268   if( pSavepoint ){
   3269     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
   3270     i64 offset = pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
   3271 
   3272     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   3273       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
   3274     }
   3275     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
   3276       assert( offset==ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
   3277       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
   3278     }
   3279     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
   3280   }
   3281 
   3282   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
   3283   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3284     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
   3285   }
   3286 
   3287   return rc;
   3288 }
   3289 
   3290 /*
   3291 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed.
   3292 */
   3293 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
   3294   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
   3295 }
   3296 
   3297 /*
   3298 ** Adjust the robustness of the database to damage due to OS crashes
   3299 ** or power failures by changing the number of syncs()s when writing
   3300 ** the rollback journal.  There are three levels:
   3301 **
   3302 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
   3303 **              for temporary and transient files.
   3304 **
   3305 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
   3306 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
   3307 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
   3308 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
   3309 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
   3310 **              when it is rolled back.
   3311 **
   3312 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
   3313 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
   3314 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
   3315 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
   3316 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
   3317 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
   3318 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
   3319 **
   3320 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
   3321 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
   3322 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
   3323 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
   3324 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
   3325 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
   3326 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
   3327 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.
   3328 **
   3329 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
   3330 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
   3331 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
   3332 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
   3333 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
   3334 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
   3335 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
   3336 **
   3337 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
   3338 ** and FULL=3.
   3339 */
   3340 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
   3341 void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(
   3342   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
   3343   int level,            /* PRAGMA synchronous.  1=OFF, 2=NORMAL, 3=FULL */
   3344   int bFullFsync,       /* PRAGMA fullfsync */
   3345   int bCkptFullFsync    /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync */
   3346 ){
   3347   assert( level>=1 && level<=3 );
   3348   pPager->noSync =  (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
   3349   pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0;
   3350   if( pPager->noSync ){
   3351     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
   3352     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
   3353   }else if( bFullFsync ){
   3354     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
   3355     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
   3356   }else if( bCkptFullFsync ){
   3357     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
   3358     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
   3359   }else{
   3360     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
   3361     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
   3362   }
   3363 }
   3364 #endif
   3365 
   3366 /*
   3367 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
   3368 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
   3369 ** testing and analysis only.
   3370 */
   3371 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   3372 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
   3373 #endif
   3374 
   3375 /*
   3376 ** Open a temporary file.
   3377 **
   3378 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
   3379 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
   3380 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
   3381 **
   3382 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
   3383 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
   3384 **
   3385 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
   3386 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
   3387 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
   3388 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
   3389 */
   3390 static int pagerOpentemp(
   3391   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
   3392   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
   3393   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
   3394 ){
   3395   int rc;               /* Return code */
   3396 
   3397 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   3398   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
   3399 #endif
   3400 
   3401   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
   3402             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
   3403   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
   3404   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
   3405   return rc;
   3406 }
   3407 
   3408 /*
   3409 ** Set the busy handler function.
   3410 **
   3411 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
   3412 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
   3413 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
   3414 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
   3415 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
   3416 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
   3417 **
   3418 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
   3419 **   --------------------------------------------------------
   3420 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
   3421 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
   3422 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
   3423 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
   3424 **
   3425 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
   3426 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
   3427 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
   3428 */
   3429 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
   3430   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
   3431   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
   3432   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
   3433 ){
   3434   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
   3435   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
   3436 }
   3437 
   3438 /*
   3439 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
   3440 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
   3441 **
   3442 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
   3443 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
   3444 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
   3445 **
   3446 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
   3447 **
   3448 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
   3449 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
   3450 **
   3451 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
   3452 **
   3453 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
   3454 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
   3455 **
   3456 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
   3457 **
   3458 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
   3459 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
   3460 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
   3461 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   3462 **
   3463 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
   3464 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
   3465 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
   3466 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
   3467 */
   3468 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
   3469   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3470 
   3471   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
   3472   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
   3473   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
   3474   **
   3475   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
   3476   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
   3477   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
   3478   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
   3479   */
   3480 
   3481   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
   3482   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
   3483   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
   3484    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
   3485    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
   3486   ){
   3487     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
   3488     i64 nByte = 0;
   3489 
   3490     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   3491       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
   3492     }
   3493     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3494       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
   3495       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
   3496     }
   3497 
   3498     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3499       pager_reset(pPager);
   3500       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)(nByte/pageSize);
   3501       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
   3502       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
   3503       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
   3504       sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
   3505     }
   3506   }
   3507 
   3508   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
   3509   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3510     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
   3511     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
   3512     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
   3513     pagerReportSize(pPager);
   3514   }
   3515   return rc;
   3516 }
   3517 
   3518 /*
   3519 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
   3520 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
   3521 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
   3522 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
   3523 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
   3524 ** no rollbacks are happening.
   3525 */
   3526 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
   3527   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
   3528 }
   3529 
   3530 /*
   3531 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
   3532 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
   3533 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
   3534 **
   3535 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
   3536 */
   3537 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
   3538   if( mxPage>0 ){
   3539     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
   3540   }
   3541   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
   3542   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
   3543   return pPager->mxPgno;
   3544 }
   3545 
   3546 /*
   3547 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
   3548 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
   3549 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
   3550 **
   3551 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
   3552 ** and generate no code.
   3553 */
   3554 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   3555 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
   3556 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
   3557 static int saved_cnt;
   3558 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
   3559   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
   3560   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
   3561 }
   3562 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
   3563   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
   3564 }
   3565 #else
   3566 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
   3567 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
   3568 #endif
   3569 
   3570 /*
   3571 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
   3572 ** that pDest points to.
   3573 **
   3574 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
   3575 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
   3576 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
   3577 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
   3578 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
   3579 **
   3580 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
   3581 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
   3582 ** output buffer undefined.
   3583 */
   3584 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
   3585   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3586   memset(pDest, 0, N);
   3587   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
   3588 
   3589   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
   3590   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
   3591   ** to WAL mode yet.
   3592   */
   3593   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   3594 
   3595   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   3596     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
   3597     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
   3598     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   3599       rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3600     }
   3601   }
   3602   return rc;
   3603 }
   3604 
   3605 /*
   3606 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
   3607 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
   3608 **
   3609 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
   3610 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
   3611 */
   3612 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
   3613   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
   3614   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
   3615   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
   3616 }
   3617 
   3618 
   3619 /*
   3620 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
   3621 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
   3622 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
   3623 **
   3624 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
   3625 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
   3626 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
   3627 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
   3628 **
   3629 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
   3630 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
   3631 ** variable to locktype before returning.
   3632 */
   3633 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
   3634   int rc;                              /* Return code */
   3635 
   3636   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
   3637   ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler
   3638   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
   3639   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
   3640   */
   3641   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
   3642        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
   3643        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
   3644   );
   3645 
   3646   do {
   3647     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
   3648   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
   3649   return rc;
   3650 }
   3651 
   3652 /*
   3653 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
   3654 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
   3655 **
   3656 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
   3657 **      current database image, in pages, OR
   3658 **
   3659 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
   3660 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
   3661 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
   3662 **
   3663 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
   3664 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
   3665 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
   3666 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
   3667 ** this happened, the correct behaviour would be to restore the current
   3668 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
   3669 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
   3670 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
   3671 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
   3672 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
   3673 */
   3674 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
   3675 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
   3676   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
   3677   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
   3678 }
   3679 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
   3680   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
   3681 }
   3682 #else
   3683 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
   3684 #endif
   3685 
   3686 /*
   3687 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
   3688 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
   3689 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
   3690 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
   3691 */
   3692 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
   3693   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
   3694   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
   3695   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
   3696   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
   3697 }
   3698 
   3699 
   3700 /*
   3701 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
   3702 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
   3703 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
   3704 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
   3705 **
   3706 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
   3707 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
   3708 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
   3709 ** content as this process.
   3710 **
   3711 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
   3712 ** an SQLite error code.
   3713 */
   3714 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
   3715   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   3716   if( !pPager->noSync ){
   3717     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
   3718   }
   3719   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   3720     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
   3721   }
   3722   return rc;
   3723 }
   3724 
   3725 /*
   3726 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
   3727 **
   3728 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
   3729 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
   3730 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
   3731 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
   3732 ** result in a coredump.
   3733 **
   3734 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
   3735 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
   3736 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
   3737 ** to the caller.
   3738 */
   3739 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
   3740   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
   3741 
   3742   disable_simulated_io_errors();
   3743   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
   3744   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
   3745   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
   3746 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   3747   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
   3748   pPager->pWal = 0;
   3749 #endif
   3750   pager_reset(pPager);
   3751   if( MEMDB ){
   3752     pager_unlock(pPager);
   3753   }else{
   3754     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
   3755     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
   3756     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
   3757     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
   3758     **
   3759     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
   3760     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
   3761     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
   3762     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
   3763     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
   3764     */
   3765     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   3766       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
   3767     }
   3768     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
   3769   }
   3770   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
   3771   enable_simulated_io_errors();
   3772   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   3773   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
   3774   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   3775   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
   3776   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
   3777   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
   3778 
   3779 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   3780   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
   3781 #endif
   3782 
   3783   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
   3784   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
   3785 
   3786   sqlite3_free(pPager);
   3787   return SQLITE_OK;
   3788 }
   3789 
   3790 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
   3791 /*
   3792 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
   3793 */
   3794 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
   3795   return pPg->pgno;
   3796 }
   3797 #endif
   3798 
   3799 /*
   3800 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
   3801 */
   3802 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
   3803   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
   3804 }
   3805 
   3806 /*
   3807 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
   3808 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
   3809 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
   3810 **
   3811 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
   3812 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
   3813 ** device characteristics of the the file-system, as follows:
   3814 **
   3815 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
   3816 **     be taken.
   3817 **
   3818 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
   3819 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
   3820 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
   3821 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
   3822 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
   3823 **
   3824 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
   3825 **     journal file is synced.
   3826 **
   3827 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
   3828 **
   3829 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
   3830 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
   3831 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
   3832 **       <update nRec field>
   3833 **     }
   3834 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
   3835 **   }
   3836 **
   3837 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
   3838 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
   3839 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
   3840 */
   3841 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
   3842   int rc;                         /* Return code */
   3843 
   3844   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   3845        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   3846   );
   3847   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   3848   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   3849 
   3850   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
   3851   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3852 
   3853   if( !pPager->noSync ){
   3854     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
   3855     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
   3856       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
   3857       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   3858 
   3859       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
   3860         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
   3861         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
   3862         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
   3863         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
   3864         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
   3865         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
   3866         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
   3867         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
   3868         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
   3869         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
   3870         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
   3871         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
   3872         **
   3873         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
   3874         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
   3875         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
   3876         **
   3877         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
   3878         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
   3879         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
   3880         ** the potential journal header.
   3881         */
   3882         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
   3883         u8 aMagic[8];
   3884         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
   3885 
   3886         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
   3887         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
   3888 
   3889         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
   3890         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
   3891         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
   3892           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
   3893           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
   3894         }
   3895         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   3896           return rc;
   3897         }
   3898 
   3899         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
   3900         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
   3901         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
   3902         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
   3903         **
   3904         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
   3905         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
   3906         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
   3907         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
   3908         ** and never needs to be updated.
   3909         */
   3910         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
   3911           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   3912           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
   3913           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
   3914           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3915         }
   3916         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
   3917         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
   3918             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
   3919         );
   3920         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3921       }
   3922       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
   3923         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   3924         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
   3925         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
   3926           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
   3927         );
   3928         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3929       }
   3930 
   3931       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
   3932       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
   3933         pPager->nRec = 0;
   3934         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
   3935         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   3936       }
   3937     }else{
   3938       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
   3939     }
   3940   }
   3941 
   3942   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
   3943   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
   3944   ** all pages.
   3945   */
   3946   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
   3947   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
   3948   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   3949   return SQLITE_OK;
   3950 }
   3951 
   3952 /*
   3953 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
   3954 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
   3955 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
   3956 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
   3957 ** a no-op.
   3958 **
   3959 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
   3960 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
   3961 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
   3962 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
   3963 **
   3964 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
   3965 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
   3966 ** written out.
   3967 **
   3968 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
   3969 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
   3970 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
   3971 **
   3972 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
   3973 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
   3974 **
   3975 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
   3976 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
   3977 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
   3978 ** the database file.
   3979 **
   3980 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
   3981 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
   3982 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
   3983 */
   3984 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
   3985   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
   3986 
   3987   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
   3988   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   3989   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
   3990   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   3991 
   3992   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
   3993   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
   3994   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
   3995   */
   3996   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   3997     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
   3998     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
   3999   }
   4000 
   4001   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
   4002   ** file size will be.
   4003   */
   4004   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   4005   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbHintSize ){
   4006     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
   4007     sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
   4008     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
   4009   }
   4010 
   4011   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
   4012     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
   4013 
   4014     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
   4015     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
   4016     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
   4017     ** any such pages to the file.
   4018     **
   4019     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
   4020     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
   4021     */
   4022     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
   4023       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
   4024       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
   4025 
   4026       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
   4027       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
   4028 
   4029       /* Encode the database */
   4030       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData);
   4031 
   4032       /* Write out the page data. */
   4033       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
   4034 
   4035       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
   4036       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
   4037       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
   4038       */
   4039       if( pgno==1 ){
   4040         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
   4041       }
   4042       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
   4043         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
   4044       }
   4045 
   4046       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
   4047       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
   4048 
   4049       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
   4050                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
   4051       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
   4052       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
   4053       PAGER_INCR(pPager->nWrite);
   4054     }else{
   4055       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
   4056     }
   4057     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
   4058     pList = pList->pDirty;
   4059   }
   4060 
   4061   return rc;
   4062 }
   4063 
   4064 /*
   4065 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
   4066 ** function is a no-op.
   4067 **
   4068 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
   4069 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
   4070 ** fails.
   4071 */
   4072 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
   4073   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4074   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
   4075     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
   4076       sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd);
   4077     }else{
   4078       rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL);
   4079     }
   4080   }
   4081   return rc;
   4082 }
   4083 
   4084 /*
   4085 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
   4086 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check
   4087 ** that it is really required before calling this function.
   4088 **
   4089 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
   4090 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
   4091 **
   4092 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
   4093 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
   4094 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
   4095 ** bitvec.
   4096 */
   4097 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
   4098   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4099   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   4100   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
   4101 
   4102     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
   4103     assert( pPager->useJournal );
   4104     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   4105     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
   4106     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
   4107          || pageInJournal(pPg)
   4108          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
   4109     );
   4110     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
   4111 
   4112     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
   4113     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
   4114     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4115       void *pData = pPg->pData;
   4116       i64 offset = pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
   4117       char *pData2;
   4118 
   4119       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
   4120       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
   4121       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
   4122       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4123         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
   4124       }
   4125     }
   4126   }
   4127   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4128     pPager->nSubRec++;
   4129     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
   4130     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
   4131   }
   4132   return rc;
   4133 }
   4134 
   4135 /*
   4136 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
   4137 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
   4138 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
   4139 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
   4140 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
   4141 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
   4142 ** argument.
   4143 **
   4144 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
   4145 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
   4146 ** journal file.
   4147 **
   4148 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
   4149 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
   4150 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
   4151 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
   4152 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
   4153 */
   4154 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
   4155   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
   4156   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4157 
   4158   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
   4159   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
   4160 
   4161   /* The doNotSyncSpill flag is set during times when doing a sync of
   4162   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
   4163   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
   4164   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
   4165   **
   4166   ** The doNotSpill flag inhibits all cache spilling regardless of whether
   4167   ** or not a sync is required.  This is set during a rollback.
   4168   **
   4169   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
   4170   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it
   4171   ** is impossible for sqlite3PCacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
   4172   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
   4173   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
   4174   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
   4175   */
   4176   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
   4177   if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
   4178   if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
   4179     return SQLITE_OK;
   4180   }
   4181 
   4182   pPg->pDirty = 0;
   4183   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   4184     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
   4185     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
   4186       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
   4187     }
   4188     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4189       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0, 0);
   4190     }
   4191   }else{
   4192 
   4193     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
   4194     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
   4195      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   4196     ){
   4197       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
   4198     }
   4199 
   4200     /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of
   4201     ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal.
   4202     ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not
   4203     ** actually write data to the file in this case.
   4204     **
   4205     ** Consider the following sequence of events:
   4206     **
   4207     **   BEGIN;
   4208     **     <journal page X>
   4209     **     <modify page X>
   4210     **     SAVEPOINT sp;
   4211     **       <shrink database file to Y pages>
   4212     **       pagerStress(page X)
   4213     **     ROLLBACK TO sp;
   4214     **
   4215     ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written
   4216     ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then,
   4217     ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read
   4218     ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it
   4219     ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp"
   4220     ** was executed.
   4221     **
   4222     ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the
   4223     ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will
   4224     ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is
   4225     ** executed.
   4226     */
   4227     if( NEVER(
   4228         rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
   4229     ) ){
   4230       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
   4231     }
   4232 
   4233     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
   4234     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4235       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
   4236       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
   4237     }
   4238   }
   4239 
   4240   /* Mark the page as clean. */
   4241   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4242     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
   4243     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
   4244   }
   4245 
   4246   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
   4247 }
   4248 
   4249 
   4250 /*
   4251 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
   4252 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
   4253 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
   4254 **
   4255 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
   4256 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
   4257 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
   4258 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
   4259 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
   4260 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
   4261 **
   4262 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
   4263 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
   4264 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
   4265 **
   4266 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
   4267 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
   4268 ** of the PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL and PAGER_NO_READLOCK flags.
   4269 **
   4270 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
   4271 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
   4272 **
   4273 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
   4274 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
   4275 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
   4276 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
   4277 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
   4278 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
   4279 */
   4280 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
   4281   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
   4282   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
   4283   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
   4284   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
   4285   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
   4286   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
   4287   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
   4288 ){
   4289   u8 *pPtr;
   4290   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
   4291   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
   4292   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
   4293   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
   4294   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
   4295   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
   4296   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
   4297   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
   4298   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
   4299   int noReadlock = (flags & PAGER_NO_READLOCK)!=0;  /* True to omit read-lock */
   4300   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
   4301   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
   4302 
   4303   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
   4304   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This
   4305   ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle
   4306   ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle"
   4307   ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal
   4308   ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see
   4309   ** source file journal.c).
   4310   */
   4311   if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){
   4312     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
   4313   }else{
   4314     journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize());
   4315   }
   4316 
   4317   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
   4318   *ppPager = 0;
   4319 
   4320 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
   4321   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
   4322     memDb = 1;
   4323     zFilename = 0;
   4324   }
   4325 #endif
   4326 
   4327   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
   4328   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
   4329   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
   4330   */
   4331   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
   4332     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
   4333     zPathname = sqlite3Malloc(nPathname*2);
   4334     if( zPathname==0 ){
   4335       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   4336     }
   4337     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
   4338     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
   4339     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
   4340     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
   4341       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
   4342       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
   4343       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
   4344       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
   4345       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
   4346       */
   4347       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
   4348     }
   4349     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4350       sqlite3_free(zPathname);
   4351       return rc;
   4352     }
   4353   }
   4354 
   4355   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
   4356   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
   4357   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
   4358   **
   4359   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
   4360   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
   4361   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
   4362   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
   4363   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
   4364   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
   4365   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
   4366   */
   4367   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
   4368     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
   4369     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
   4370     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
   4371     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
   4372     nPathname + 1 +                /* zFilename */
   4373     nPathname + 8 + 1              /* zJournal */
   4374 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   4375     + nPathname + 4 + 1              /* zWal */
   4376 #endif
   4377   );
   4378   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
   4379   if( !pPtr ){
   4380     sqlite3_free(zPathname);
   4381     return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   4382   }
   4383   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
   4384   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
   4385   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
   4386   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
   4387   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
   4388   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
   4389   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
   4390 
   4391   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
   4392   if( zPathname ){
   4393     assert( nPathname>0 );
   4394     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1);
   4395     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
   4396     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
   4397     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
   4398 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   4399     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
   4400     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
   4401     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4);
   4402 #endif
   4403     sqlite3_free(zPathname);
   4404   }
   4405   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
   4406   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
   4407 
   4408   /* Open the pager file.
   4409   */
   4410   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
   4411     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
   4412     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
   4413     assert( !memDb );
   4414     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
   4415 
   4416     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
   4417     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
   4418     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
   4419     **
   4420     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
   4421     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
   4422     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
   4423     */
   4424     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){
   4425       setSectorSize(pPager);
   4426       assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
   4427       if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
   4428         if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
   4429           szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
   4430         }else{
   4431           szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
   4432         }
   4433       }
   4434 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   4435       {
   4436         int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
   4437         int ii;
   4438         assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
   4439         assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
   4440         assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
   4441         for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
   4442           if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
   4443             szPageDflt = ii;
   4444           }
   4445         }
   4446       }
   4447 #endif
   4448     }
   4449   }else{
   4450     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
   4451     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
   4452     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
   4453     **
   4454     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
   4455     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
   4456     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
   4457     */
   4458     tempFile = 1;
   4459     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
   4460     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;
   4461     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
   4462   }
   4463 
   4464   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
   4465   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
   4466   */
   4467   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4468     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
   4469     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
   4470     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   4471   }
   4472 
   4473   /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the
   4474   ** Pager structure and close the file.
   4475   */
   4476   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4477     assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace );
   4478     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
   4479     sqlite3_free(pPager);
   4480     return rc;
   4481   }
   4482 
   4483   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
   4484   assert( nExtra<1000 );
   4485   nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
   4486   sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
   4487                     !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
   4488 
   4489   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
   4490   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
   4491 
   4492   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
   4493   pPager->noReadlock = (noReadlock && readOnly) ?1:0;
   4494   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
   4495   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
   4496   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
   4497   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
   4498   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
   4499   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
   4500   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
   4501   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
   4502 #if 0
   4503   assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) );
   4504 #endif
   4505   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
   4506   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
   4507   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
   4508           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
   4509   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
   4510   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
   4511   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
   4512   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
   4513   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
   4514   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
   4515   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
   4516   pPager->fullSync = pPager->noSync ?0:1;
   4517   pPager->syncFlags = pPager->noSync ? 0 : SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
   4518   pPager->ckptSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
   4519   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
   4520   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
   4521   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
   4522   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
   4523   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
   4524   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
   4525   setSectorSize(pPager);
   4526   if( !useJournal ){
   4527     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
   4528   }else if( memDb ){
   4529     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
   4530   }
   4531   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
   4532   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
   4533   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
   4534   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
   4535 
   4536   *ppPager = pPager;
   4537   return SQLITE_OK;
   4538 }
   4539 
   4540 
   4541 
   4542 /*
   4543 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
   4544 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
   4545 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
   4546 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
   4547 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
   4548 **
   4549 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
   4550 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
   4551 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
   4552 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
   4553 **
   4554 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
   4555 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
   4556 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
   4557 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
   4558 ** is returned.
   4559 **
   4560 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
   4561 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
   4562 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
   4563 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
   4564 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
   4565 ** will not roll it back.
   4566 **
   4567 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
   4568 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
   4569 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
   4570 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
   4571 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
   4572 */
   4573 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
   4574   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   4575   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
   4576   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
   4577   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
   4578 
   4579   assert( pPager->useJournal );
   4580   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   4581   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   4582 
   4583   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
   4584     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
   4585   ));
   4586 
   4587   *pExists = 0;
   4588   if( !jrnlOpen ){
   4589     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
   4590   }
   4591   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
   4592     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
   4593 
   4594     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
   4595     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
   4596     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
   4597     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
   4598     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
   4599     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
   4600     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
   4601     */
   4602     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
   4603     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
   4604       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
   4605 
   4606       /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages,
   4607       ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for
   4608       ** the reasoning here.  Delete the obsolete journal file under
   4609       ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating
   4610       ** [H33020].
   4611       */
   4612       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
   4613       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4614         if( nPage==0 ){
   4615           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
   4616           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
   4617             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
   4618             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   4619           }
   4620           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
   4621         }else{
   4622           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
   4623           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
   4624           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
   4625           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
   4626           ** it can be ignored.
   4627           */
   4628           if( !jrnlOpen ){
   4629             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
   4630             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
   4631           }
   4632           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4633             u8 first = 0;
   4634             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
   4635             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
   4636               rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4637             }
   4638             if( !jrnlOpen ){
   4639               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   4640             }
   4641             *pExists = (first!=0);
   4642           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
   4643             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
   4644             ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
   4645             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
   4646             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
   4647             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
   4648             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
   4649             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
   4650             ** worry so much with race conditions.
   4651             */
   4652             *pExists = 1;
   4653             rc = SQLITE_OK;
   4654           }
   4655         }
   4656       }
   4657     }
   4658   }
   4659 
   4660   return rc;
   4661 }
   4662 
   4663 /*
   4664 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
   4665 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function
   4666 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
   4667 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
   4668 **
   4669 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
   4670 **
   4671 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
   4672 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
   4673 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
   4674 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
   4675 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
   4676 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
   4677 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
   4678 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
   4679 **
   4680 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
   4681 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
   4682 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
   4683 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
   4684 **      file.
   4685 **
   4686 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
   4687 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
   4688 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
   4689 */
   4690 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
   4691   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
   4692 
   4693   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
   4694   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
   4695   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
   4696   ** exclusive access mode.
   4697   */
   4698   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
   4699   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   4700   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
   4701   if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; }
   4702 
   4703   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
   4704     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
   4705 
   4706     assert( !MEMDB );
   4707     assert( pPager->noReadlock==0 || pPager->readOnly );
   4708 
   4709     if( pPager->noReadlock==0 ){
   4710       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   4711       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4712         assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
   4713         goto failed;
   4714       }
   4715     }
   4716 
   4717     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
   4718     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
   4719     */
   4720     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
   4721       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
   4722     }
   4723     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4724       goto failed;
   4725     }
   4726     if( bHotJournal ){
   4727       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
   4728       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
   4729       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
   4730       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
   4731       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
   4732       ** hot-journal back.
   4733       **
   4734       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
   4735       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
   4736       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
   4737       ** on the database file.
   4738       **
   4739       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
   4740       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
   4741       */
   4742       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   4743       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4744         goto failed;
   4745       }
   4746 
   4747       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
   4748       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
   4749       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
   4750       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
   4751       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
   4752       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
   4753       **
   4754       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
   4755       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
   4756       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
   4757       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
   4758       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
   4759       */
   4760       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   4761         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
   4762         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
   4763         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
   4764             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
   4765         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
   4766           int fout = 0;
   4767           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
   4768           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
   4769           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
   4770           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   4771           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
   4772             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
   4773             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   4774           }
   4775         }
   4776       }
   4777 
   4778       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
   4779       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
   4780       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
   4781       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
   4782       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
   4783       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
   4784       ** the journal before playing it back.
   4785       */
   4786       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   4787         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
   4788         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
   4789         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4790           rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1);
   4791           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   4792         }
   4793       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
   4794         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   4795       }
   4796 
   4797       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4798         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
   4799         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
   4800         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
   4801         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
   4802         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
   4803         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
   4804         **
   4805         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
   4806         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
   4807         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
   4808         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
   4809         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
   4810         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
   4811         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
   4812         ** references.
   4813         */
   4814         pager_error(pPager, rc);
   4815         goto failed;
   4816       }
   4817 
   4818       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   4819       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
   4820            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
   4821       );
   4822     }
   4823 
   4824     if( !pPager->tempFile
   4825      && (pPager->pBackup || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0)
   4826     ){
   4827       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file
   4828       ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous
   4829       ** read or write transaction).  Check to see if the database
   4830       ** has been modified.  If the database has changed, flush the
   4831       ** cache.
   4832       **
   4833       ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
   4834       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
   4835       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
   4836       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
   4837       ** a codec is in use.
   4838       **
   4839       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
   4840       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
   4841       ** it can be neglected.
   4842       */
   4843       Pgno nPage = 0;
   4844       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
   4845 
   4846       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
   4847       if( rc ) goto failed;
   4848 
   4849       if( nPage>0 ){
   4850         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
   4851         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
   4852         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4853           goto failed;
   4854         }
   4855       }else{
   4856         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
   4857       }
   4858 
   4859       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
   4860         pager_reset(pPager);
   4861       }
   4862     }
   4863 
   4864     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
   4865     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
   4866     */
   4867     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
   4868 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   4869     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
   4870 #endif
   4871   }
   4872 
   4873   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   4874     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
   4875     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
   4876   }
   4877 
   4878   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   4879     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
   4880   }
   4881 
   4882  failed:
   4883   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4884     assert( !MEMDB );
   4885     pager_unlock(pPager);
   4886     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
   4887   }else{
   4888     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
   4889   }
   4890   return rc;
   4891 }
   4892 
   4893 /*
   4894 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
   4895 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
   4896 **
   4897 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
   4898 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
   4899 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
   4900 */
   4901 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
   4902   if( (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
   4903     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
   4904   }
   4905 }
   4906 
   4907 /*
   4908 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
   4909 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
   4910 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
   4911 **
   4912 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
   4913 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
   4914 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
   4915 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
   4916 ** object with no outstanding references.
   4917 **
   4918 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
   4919 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
   4920 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
   4921 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
   4922 **
   4923 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
   4924 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
   4925 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
   4926 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
   4927 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
   4928 **
   4929 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
   4930 ** of the page. This occurs in two seperate scenarios:
   4931 **
   4932 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
   4933 **
   4934 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
   4935 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
   4936 **      from the savepoint journal.
   4937 **
   4938 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
   4939 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
   4940 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
   4941 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
   4942 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
   4943 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
   4944 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
   4945 **
   4946 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
   4947 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
   4948 **
   4949 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
   4950 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
   4951 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
   4952 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
   4953 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
   4954 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
   4955 ** or journal files.
   4956 */
   4957 int sqlite3PagerAcquire(
   4958   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
   4959   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
   4960   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
   4961   int noContent       /* Do not bother reading content from disk if true */
   4962 ){
   4963   int rc;
   4964   PgHdr *pPg;
   4965 
   4966   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
   4967   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   4968 
   4969   if( pgno==0 ){
   4970     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   4971   }
   4972 
   4973   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
   4974   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
   4975   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4976     rc = pPager->errCode;
   4977   }else{
   4978     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage);
   4979   }
   4980 
   4981   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   4982     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
   4983     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
   4984     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
   4985     pPg = 0;
   4986     goto pager_acquire_err;
   4987   }
   4988   assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno );
   4989   assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 );
   4990 
   4991   if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){
   4992     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
   4993     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
   4994     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
   4995     PAGER_INCR(pPager->nHit);
   4996     return SQLITE_OK;
   4997 
   4998   }else{
   4999     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
   5000     ** be initialized.  */
   5001 
   5002     PAGER_INCR(pPager->nMiss);
   5003     pPg = *ppPage;
   5004     pPg->pPager = pPager;
   5005 
   5006     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
   5007     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
   5008     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
   5009       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
   5010       goto pager_acquire_err;
   5011     }
   5012 
   5013     if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   5014       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
   5015         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
   5016         goto pager_acquire_err;
   5017       }
   5018       if( noContent ){
   5019         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
   5020         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
   5021         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
   5022         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
   5023         ** a bit in a bit vector.
   5024         */
   5025         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
   5026         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
   5027           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
   5028           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5029         }
   5030         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
   5031         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5032         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
   5033       }
   5034       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
   5035       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
   5036     }else{
   5037       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
   5038       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
   5039       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5040         goto pager_acquire_err;
   5041       }
   5042     }
   5043     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
   5044   }
   5045 
   5046   return SQLITE_OK;
   5047 
   5048 pager_acquire_err:
   5049   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   5050   if( pPg ){
   5051     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
   5052   }
   5053   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
   5054 
   5055   *ppPage = 0;
   5056   return rc;
   5057 }
   5058 
   5059 /*
   5060 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
   5061 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
   5062 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
   5063 **
   5064 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
   5065 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
   5066 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
   5067 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
   5068 ** has ever happened.
   5069 */
   5070 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
   5071   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
   5072   assert( pPager!=0 );
   5073   assert( pgno!=0 );
   5074   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
   5075   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   5076   sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg);
   5077   return pPg;
   5078 }
   5079 
   5080 /*
   5081 ** Release a page reference.
   5082 **
   5083 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
   5084 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
   5085 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
   5086 ** removed.
   5087 */
   5088 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
   5089   if( pPg ){
   5090     Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   5091     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
   5092     pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
   5093   }
   5094 }
   5095 
   5096 #if defined(__APPLE__)
   5097 /*
   5098 ** Create and return a CFURLRef given a cstring containing the path to a file.
   5099 */
   5100 static CFURLRef create_cfurl_from_cstring(const char* filePath){
   5101   CFStringRef urlString = CFStringCreateWithFileSystemRepresentation(
   5102       kCFAllocatorDefault, filePath);
   5103   CFURLRef urlRef = CFURLCreateWithFileSystemPath(kCFAllocatorDefault,
   5104       urlString, kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle, FALSE);
   5105   CFRelease(urlString);
   5106   return urlRef;
   5107 }
   5108 #endif
   5109 
   5110 /*
   5111 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
   5112 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
   5113 ** file when this routine is called.
   5114 **
   5115 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
   5116 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
   5117 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
   5118 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
   5119 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
   5120 **
   5121 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
   5122 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
   5123 ** already open file.
   5124 **
   5125 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
   5126 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
   5127 **
   5128 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
   5129 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
   5130 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
   5131 */
   5132 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
   5133   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
   5134   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
   5135 
   5136   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   5137   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5138   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
   5139 
   5140   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
   5141   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
   5142   ** an error state. */
   5143   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
   5144 
   5145   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
   5146     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
   5147     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
   5148       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   5149     }
   5150 
   5151     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
   5152     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   5153       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
   5154         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
   5155       }else{
   5156         const int flags =                   /* VFS flags to open journal file */
   5157           SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|
   5158           (pPager->tempFile ?
   5159             (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL):
   5160             (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL)
   5161           );
   5162   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   5163         rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(
   5164             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
   5165         );
   5166   #else
   5167         rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0);
   5168   #endif
   5169 #if defined(__APPLE__)
   5170         /* Set the TimeMachine exclusion metadata for the journal if it has
   5171         ** been set for the database. Only do this for unix-type vfs
   5172         ** implementations. */
   5173         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->zFilename!=NULL
   5174          && strlen(pPager->zFilename)>0
   5175          && strncmp(pVfs->zName, "unix", 4)==0
   5176          && ( pVfs->zName[4]=='-' || pVfs->zName[4]=='\0' ) ){
   5177           CFURLRef database = create_cfurl_from_cstring(pPager->zFilename);
   5178           if( CSBackupIsItemExcluded(database, NULL) ){
   5179             CFURLRef journal = create_cfurl_from_cstring(pPager->zJournal);
   5180             /* Ignore errors from the following exclusion call. */
   5181             CSBackupSetItemExcluded(journal, TRUE, FALSE);
   5182             CFRelease(journal);
   5183           }
   5184           CFRelease(database);
   5185         }
   5186 #endif
   5187       }
   5188       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
   5189     }
   5190 
   5191 
   5192     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
   5193     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
   5194     */
   5195     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5196       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
   5197       pPager->nRec = 0;
   5198       pPager->journalOff = 0;
   5199       pPager->setMaster = 0;
   5200       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
   5201       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
   5202     }
   5203   }
   5204 
   5205   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5206     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
   5207     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
   5208   }else{
   5209     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   5210     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
   5211   }
   5212 
   5213   return rc;
   5214 }
   5215 
   5216 /*
   5217 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
   5218 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
   5219 **
   5220 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
   5221 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
   5222 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
   5223 ** functions need be called.
   5224 **
   5225 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
   5226 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
   5227 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
   5228 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
   5229 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
   5230 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
   5231 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
   5232 */
   5233 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
   5234   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5235 
   5236   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
   5237   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
   5238   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
   5239 
   5240   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
   5241     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
   5242 
   5243     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5244       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
   5245       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
   5246       */
   5247       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
   5248         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   5249         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5250           return rc;
   5251         }
   5252         sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
   5253       }
   5254 
   5255       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
   5256       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
   5257       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
   5258       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
   5259       */
   5260       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
   5261     }else{
   5262       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
   5263       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
   5264       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
   5265       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
   5266       */
   5267       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
   5268       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
   5269         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   5270       }
   5271     }
   5272 
   5273     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5274       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
   5275       **
   5276       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
   5277       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
   5278       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
   5279       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
   5280       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
   5281       ** WAL mode.
   5282       */
   5283       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
   5284       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
   5285       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
   5286       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
   5287       pPager->journalOff = 0;
   5288     }
   5289 
   5290     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
   5291     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   5292     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5293   }
   5294 
   5295   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   5296   return rc;
   5297 }
   5298 
   5299 /*
   5300 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
   5301 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
   5302 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
   5303 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
   5304 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
   5305 */
   5306 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
   5307   void *pData = pPg->pData;
   5308   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   5309   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5310 
   5311   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
   5312   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
   5313   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
   5314   */
   5315   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5316        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   5317        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   5318   );
   5319   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5320 
   5321   /* If an error has been previously detected, report the same error
   5322   ** again. This should not happen, but the check provides robustness. */
   5323   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) )  return pPager->errCode;
   5324 
   5325   /* Higher-level routines never call this function if database is not
   5326   ** writable.  But check anyway, just for robustness. */
   5327   if( NEVER(pPager->readOnly) ) return SQLITE_PERM;
   5328 
   5329   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
   5330 
   5331   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
   5332   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
   5333   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
   5334   **
   5335   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
   5336   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
   5337   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
   5338   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
   5339   */
   5340   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
   5341     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
   5342     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   5343   }
   5344   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
   5345   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5346 
   5347   /* Mark the page as dirty.  If the page has already been written
   5348   ** to the journal then we can return right away.
   5349   */
   5350   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
   5351   if( pageInJournal(pPg) && !subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
   5352     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
   5353   }else{
   5354 
   5355     /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an
   5356     ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file.  Write the current page to
   5357     ** the transaction journal if it is not there already.
   5358     */
   5359     if( !pageInJournal(pPg) && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5360       assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
   5361       if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   5362         u32 cksum;
   5363         char *pData2;
   5364         i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
   5365 
   5366         /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
   5367         ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
   5368         ** that we do not. */
   5369         assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
   5370 
   5371         assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
   5372         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2);
   5373         cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
   5374 
   5375         /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
   5376         ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
   5377         ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
   5378         ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
   5379         ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
   5380         ** then corruption may follow.
   5381         */
   5382         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   5383 
   5384         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
   5385         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   5386         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
   5387         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   5388         rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
   5389         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
   5390 
   5391         IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
   5392                  pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
   5393         PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
   5394         PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
   5395              PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
   5396              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
   5397 
   5398         pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
   5399         pPager->nRec++;
   5400         assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
   5401         rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
   5402         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5403         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5404         rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
   5405         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5406           assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
   5407           return rc;
   5408         }
   5409       }else{
   5410         if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
   5411           pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   5412         }
   5413         PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
   5414                 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
   5415                ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
   5416       }
   5417     }
   5418 
   5419     /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
   5420     ** then write the current page to the statement journal.  Note that
   5421     ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format
   5422     ** in that it omits the checksums and the header.
   5423     */
   5424     if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
   5425       rc = subjournalPage(pPg);
   5426     }
   5427   }
   5428 
   5429   /* Update the database size and return.
   5430   */
   5431   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
   5432     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
   5433   }
   5434   return rc;
   5435 }
   5436 
   5437 /*
   5438 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
   5439 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
   5440 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
   5441 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
   5442 **
   5443 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
   5444 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
   5445 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
   5446 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
   5447 **
   5448 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
   5449 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
   5450 */
   5451 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){
   5452   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5453 
   5454   PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage;
   5455   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   5456   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
   5457 
   5458   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   5459   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   5460   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5461 
   5462   if( nPagePerSector>1 ){
   5463     Pgno nPageCount;          /* Total number of pages in database file */
   5464     Pgno pg1;                 /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
   5465     int nPage = 0;            /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
   5466     int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
   5467     int needSync = 0;         /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
   5468 
   5469     /* Set the doNotSyncSpill flag to 1. This is because we cannot allow
   5470     ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
   5471     ** this function.
   5472     */
   5473     assert( !MEMDB );
   5474     assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==0 );
   5475     pPager->doNotSyncSpill++;
   5476 
   5477     /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
   5478     ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
   5479     ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
   5480     */
   5481     pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
   5482 
   5483     nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
   5484     if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
   5485       nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
   5486     }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
   5487       nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
   5488     }else{
   5489       nPage = nPagePerSector;
   5490     }
   5491     assert(nPage>0);
   5492     assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
   5493     assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
   5494 
   5495     for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
   5496       Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
   5497       PgHdr *pPage;
   5498       if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
   5499         if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
   5500           rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage);
   5501           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5502             rc = pager_write(pPage);
   5503             if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
   5504               needSync = 1;
   5505             }
   5506             sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   5507           }
   5508         }
   5509       }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
   5510         if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
   5511           needSync = 1;
   5512         }
   5513         sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   5514       }
   5515     }
   5516 
   5517     /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
   5518     ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
   5519     ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
   5520     ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
   5521     ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
   5522     */
   5523     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
   5524       assert( !MEMDB );
   5525       for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
   5526         PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
   5527         if( pPage ){
   5528           pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   5529           sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   5530         }
   5531       }
   5532     }
   5533 
   5534     assert( pPager->doNotSyncSpill==1 );
   5535     pPager->doNotSyncSpill--;
   5536   }else{
   5537     rc = pager_write(pDbPage);
   5538   }
   5539   return rc;
   5540 }
   5541 
   5542 /*
   5543 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
   5544 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
   5545 ** to change the content of the page.
   5546 */
   5547 #ifndef NDEBUG
   5548 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
   5549   return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY;
   5550 }
   5551 #endif
   5552 
   5553 /*
   5554 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
   5555 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
   5556 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
   5557 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
   5558 ** content no longer matters.
   5559 **
   5560 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
   5561 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
   5562 ** that it does not get written to disk.
   5563 **
   5564 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
   5565 ** DELETE operations.
   5566 */
   5567 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
   5568   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
   5569   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
   5570     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
   5571     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
   5572     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
   5573     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
   5574   }
   5575 }
   5576 
   5577 /*
   5578 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
   5579 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
   5580 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
   5581 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
   5582 **
   5583 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
   5584 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
   5585 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
   5586 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
   5587 **
   5588 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
   5589 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
   5590 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
   5591 ** transaction is committed.
   5592 **
   5593 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
   5594 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
   5595 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
   5596 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
   5597 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
   5598 */
   5599 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
   5600   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5601 
   5602   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   5603        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   5604   );
   5605   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5606 
   5607   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
   5608   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
   5609   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
   5610   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
   5611   **
   5612   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
   5613   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
   5614   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
   5615   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
   5616   */
   5617 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   5618 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
   5619   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
   5620   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
   5621 #else
   5622 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
   5623 #endif
   5624 
   5625   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && pPager->dbSize>0 ){
   5626     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
   5627 
   5628     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
   5629 
   5630     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
   5631     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr);
   5632     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
   5633 
   5634     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
   5635     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
   5636     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
   5637     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
   5638     */
   5639     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
   5640       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
   5641     }
   5642 
   5643     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5644       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
   5645       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
   5646 
   5647       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
   5648       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
   5649         const void *zBuf;
   5650         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
   5651         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf);
   5652         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5653           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
   5654         }
   5655         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5656           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
   5657         }
   5658       }else{
   5659         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
   5660       }
   5661     }
   5662 
   5663     /* Release the page reference. */
   5664     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
   5665   }
   5666   return rc;
   5667 }
   5668 
   5669 /*
   5670 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
   5671 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
   5672 **
   5673 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
   5674 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
   5675 */
   5676 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager){
   5677   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5678   if( !pPager->noSync ){
   5679     assert( !MEMDB );
   5680     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
   5681   }else if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
   5682     assert( !MEMDB );
   5683     sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED, (void *)&rc);
   5684   }
   5685   return rc;
   5686 }
   5687 
   5688 /*
   5689 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
   5690 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
   5691 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
   5692 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
   5693 **
   5694 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
   5695 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   5696 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
   5697 ** returned.
   5698 */
   5699 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
   5700   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   5701   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   5702        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   5703        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5704   );
   5705   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5706   if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5707     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   5708   }
   5709   return rc;
   5710 }
   5711 
   5712 /*
   5713 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
   5714 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
   5715 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
   5716 ** journal (a single database transaction).
   5717 **
   5718 ** This routine ensures that:
   5719 **
   5720 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
   5721 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
   5722 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
   5723 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
   5724 **   * the database file synced.
   5725 **
   5726 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
   5727 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
   5728 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
   5729 **
   5730 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
   5731 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
   5732 **
   5733 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
   5734 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
   5735 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
   5736 ** journal file in this case.
   5737 */
   5738 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
   5739   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
   5740   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
   5741   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
   5742 ){
   5743   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
   5744 
   5745   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5746        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   5747        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   5748        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
   5749   );
   5750   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5751 
   5752   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
   5753   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
   5754 
   5755   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
   5756       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
   5757 
   5758   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
   5759   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
   5760 
   5761   if( MEMDB ){
   5762     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
   5763     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
   5764     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.
   5765     */
   5766     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
   5767   }else{
   5768     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5769       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
   5770       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
   5771       if( pList==0 ){
   5772         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
   5773         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
   5774         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne);
   5775         pList = pPageOne;
   5776         pList->pDirty = 0;
   5777       }
   5778       assert( pList!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   5779       if( pList ){
   5780         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1,
   5781             (pPager->fullSync ? pPager->syncFlags : 0)
   5782         );
   5783       }
   5784       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
   5785       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5786         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
   5787       }
   5788     }else{
   5789       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
   5790       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
   5791       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
   5792       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
   5793       **
   5794       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
   5795       **      blocks of size page-size, and
   5796       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
   5797       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
   5798       **
   5799       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
   5800       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
   5801       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
   5802       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
   5803       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
   5804       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
   5805       ** mode.
   5806       **
   5807       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
   5808       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
   5809       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
   5810       ** created for this transaction.
   5811       */
   5812   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
   5813       PgHdr *pPg;
   5814       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
   5815            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   5816            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
   5817       );
   5818       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
   5819        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
   5820        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
   5821        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
   5822       ){
   5823         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
   5824         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
   5825         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
   5826         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
   5827         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
   5828         */
   5829         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
   5830       }else{
   5831         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
   5832         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   5833           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
   5834         }
   5835       }
   5836   #else
   5837       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
   5838   #endif
   5839       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5840 
   5841       /* If this transaction has made the database smaller, then all pages
   5842       ** being discarded by the truncation must be written to the journal
   5843       ** file. This can only happen in auto-vacuum mode.
   5844       **
   5845       ** Before reading the pages with page numbers larger than the
   5846       ** current value of Pager.dbSize, set dbSize back to the value
   5847       ** that it took at the start of the transaction. Otherwise, the
   5848       ** calls to sqlite3PagerGet() return zeroed pages instead of
   5849       ** reading data from the database file.
   5850       */
   5851   #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
   5852       if( pPager->dbSize<pPager->dbOrigSize
   5853        && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   5854       ){
   5855         Pgno i;                                   /* Iterator variable */
   5856         const Pgno iSkip = PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager); /* Pending lock page */
   5857         const Pgno dbSize = pPager->dbSize;       /* Database image size */
   5858         pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
   5859         for( i=dbSize+1; i<=pPager->dbOrigSize; i++ ){
   5860           if( !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, i) && i!=iSkip ){
   5861             PgHdr *pPage;             /* Page to journal */
   5862             rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, i, &pPage);
   5863             if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5864             rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage);
   5865             sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage);
   5866             if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5867           }
   5868         }
   5869         pPager->dbSize = dbSize;
   5870       }
   5871   #endif
   5872 
   5873       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
   5874       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
   5875       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
   5876       */
   5877       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
   5878       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5879 
   5880       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
   5881       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
   5882       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
   5883       **
   5884       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
   5885       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
   5886       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
   5887       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
   5888       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
   5889       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
   5890       */
   5891       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
   5892       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5893 
   5894       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
   5895       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   5896         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
   5897         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5898       }
   5899       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
   5900 
   5901       /* If the file on disk is not the same size as the database image,
   5902       ** then use pager_truncate to grow or shrink the file here.
   5903       */
   5904       if( pPager->dbSize!=pPager->dbFileSize ){
   5905         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
   5906         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
   5907         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
   5908         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
   5909       }
   5910 
   5911       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
   5912       if( !noSync ){
   5913         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager);
   5914       }
   5915       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
   5916     }
   5917   }
   5918 
   5919 commit_phase_one_exit:
   5920   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   5921     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
   5922   }
   5923   return rc;
   5924 }
   5925 
   5926 
   5927 /*
   5928 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
   5929 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
   5930 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
   5931 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
   5932 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
   5933 **
   5934 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
   5935 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
   5936 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
   5937 ** irrevocably committed.
   5938 **
   5939 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
   5940 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   5941 */
   5942 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
   5943   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
   5944 
   5945   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
   5946   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
   5947   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
   5948   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
   5949 
   5950   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5951        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
   5952        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
   5953   );
   5954   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   5955 
   5956   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
   5957   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
   5958   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
   5959   **
   5960   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
   5961   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
   5962   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
   5963   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
   5964   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
   5965   ** to drop any locks either.
   5966   */
   5967   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
   5968    && pPager->exclusiveMode
   5969    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
   5970   ){
   5971     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
   5972     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
   5973     return SQLITE_OK;
   5974   }
   5975 
   5976   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   5977   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
   5978   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
   5979 }
   5980 
   5981 /*
   5982 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
   5983 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
   5984 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
   5985 ** state if an error occurs.
   5986 **
   5987 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
   5988 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
   5989 **
   5990 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
   5991 **
   5992 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
   5993 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
   5994 **      was opened, and
   5995 **
   5996 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
   5997 **      rollback at any point in the future.
   5998 **
   5999 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
   6000 ** rollback is successful.
   6001 **
   6002 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
   6003 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
   6004 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
   6005 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
   6006 */
   6007 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
   6008   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
   6009   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
   6010 
   6011   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
   6012   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
   6013   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
   6014   */
   6015   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6016   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
   6017   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
   6018 
   6019   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   6020     int rc2;
   6021     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
   6022     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster);
   6023     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
   6024   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
   6025     int eState = pPager->eState;
   6026     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0);
   6027     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
   6028       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
   6029       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
   6030       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
   6031       */
   6032       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
   6033       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
   6034       return rc;
   6035     }
   6036   }else{
   6037     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
   6038   }
   6039 
   6040   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
   6041   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR );
   6042 
   6043   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
   6044   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
   6045   */
   6046   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
   6047 }
   6048 
   6049 /*
   6050 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
   6051 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
   6052 */
   6053 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
   6054   return pPager->readOnly;
   6055 }
   6056 
   6057 /*
   6058 ** Return the number of references to the pager.
   6059 */
   6060 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
   6061   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
   6062 }
   6063 
   6064 /*
   6065 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
   6066 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
   6067 */
   6068 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
   6069   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
   6070                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
   6071   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
   6072            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
   6073            + pPager->pageSize;
   6074 }
   6075 
   6076 /*
   6077 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
   6078 */
   6079 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
   6080   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
   6081 }
   6082 
   6083 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
   6084 /*
   6085 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
   6086 */
   6087 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
   6088   static int a[11];
   6089   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
   6090   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
   6091   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
   6092   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
   6093   a[4] = pPager->eState;
   6094   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
   6095   a[6] = pPager->nHit;
   6096   a[7] = pPager->nMiss;
   6097   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
   6098   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
   6099   a[10] = pPager->nWrite;
   6100   return a;
   6101 }
   6102 #endif
   6103 
   6104 /*
   6105 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
   6106 */
   6107 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
   6108   return MEMDB;
   6109 }
   6110 
   6111 /*
   6112 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
   6113 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
   6114 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
   6115 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
   6116 **
   6117 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
   6118 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
   6119 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
   6120 */
   6121 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
   6122   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
   6123   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
   6124 
   6125   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
   6126   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6127 
   6128   if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){
   6129     int ii;                                 /* Iterator variable */
   6130     PagerSavepoint *aNew;                   /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
   6131 
   6132     /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
   6133     ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
   6134     ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
   6135     */
   6136     aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
   6137         pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
   6138     );
   6139     if( !aNew ){
   6140       return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   6141     }
   6142     memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
   6143     pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
   6144 
   6145     /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
   6146     for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
   6147       aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
   6148       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
   6149         aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
   6150       }else{
   6151         aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
   6152       }
   6153       aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
   6154       aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
   6155       if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
   6156         return SQLITE_NOMEM;
   6157       }
   6158       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
   6159         sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
   6160       }
   6161       pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
   6162     }
   6163     assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
   6164     assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
   6165   }
   6166 
   6167   return rc;
   6168 }
   6169 
   6170 /*
   6171 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
   6172 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
   6173 ** created savepoint.
   6174 **
   6175 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
   6176 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
   6177 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
   6178 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
   6179 **
   6180 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
   6181 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
   6182 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
   6183 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
   6184 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
   6185 **
   6186 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
   6187 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
   6188 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
   6189 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
   6190 ** contents of the database to its original state.
   6191 **
   6192 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
   6193 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
   6194 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
   6195 **
   6196 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
   6197 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
   6198 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
   6199 */
   6200 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
   6201   int rc = pPager->errCode;       /* Return code */
   6202 
   6203   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
   6204   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
   6205 
   6206   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
   6207     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
   6208     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
   6209 
   6210     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
   6211     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
   6212     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
   6213     */
   6214     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
   6215     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
   6216       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
   6217     }
   6218     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
   6219 
   6220     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
   6221     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
   6222     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
   6223       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
   6224         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
   6225         if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){
   6226           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
   6227           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
   6228         }
   6229         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
   6230       }
   6231     }
   6232     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
   6233     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
   6234     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
   6235     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
   6236     */
   6237     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
   6238       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
   6239       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
   6240       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
   6241     }
   6242   }
   6243 
   6244   return rc;
   6245 }
   6246 
   6247 /*
   6248 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
   6249 */
   6250 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager){
   6251   return pPager->zFilename;
   6252 }
   6253 
   6254 /*
   6255 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
   6256 */
   6257 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
   6258   return pPager->pVfs;
   6259 }
   6260 
   6261 /*
   6262 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
   6263 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
   6264 ** not yet been opened.
   6265 */
   6266 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
   6267   return pPager->fd;
   6268 }
   6269 
   6270 /*
   6271 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
   6272 */
   6273 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
   6274   return pPager->zJournal;
   6275 }
   6276 
   6277 /*
   6278 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager.  Return FALSE
   6279 ** if fsync()s are executed normally.
   6280 */
   6281 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){
   6282   return pPager->noSync;
   6283 }
   6284 
   6285 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   6286 /*
   6287 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
   6288 */
   6289 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
   6290   Pager *pPager,
   6291   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
   6292   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
   6293   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
   6294   void *pCodec
   6295 ){
   6296   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
   6297   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
   6298   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
   6299   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
   6300   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
   6301   pagerReportSize(pPager);
   6302 }
   6303 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
   6304   return pPager->pCodec;
   6305 }
   6306 #endif
   6307 
   6308 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
   6309 /*
   6310 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
   6311 **
   6312 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
   6313 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
   6314 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
   6315 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
   6316 **
   6317 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
   6318 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
   6319 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
   6320 **
   6321 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
   6322 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
   6323 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
   6324 ** transaction is active).
   6325 **
   6326 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
   6327 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
   6328 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
   6329 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
   6330 **
   6331 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
   6332 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
   6333 */
   6334 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
   6335   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
   6336   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
   6337   int rc;                      /* Return code */
   6338   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
   6339 
   6340   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
   6341   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
   6342        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
   6343   );
   6344   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6345 
   6346   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
   6347   ** the page we are moving from.
   6348   */
   6349   if( MEMDB ){
   6350     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
   6351     if( rc ) return rc;
   6352   }
   6353 
   6354   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
   6355   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
   6356   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
   6357   **
   6358   **   BEGIN;
   6359   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
   6360   **     SAVEPOINT one;
   6361   **       <Move page X to location Y>
   6362   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
   6363   **
   6364   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
   6365   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
   6366   ** statement were is processed.
   6367   **
   6368   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
   6369   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
   6370   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
   6371   */
   6372   if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY
   6373    && subjRequiresPage(pPg)
   6374    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg))
   6375   ){
   6376     return rc;
   6377   }
   6378 
   6379   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
   6380       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
   6381   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
   6382 
   6383   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
   6384   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
   6385   **
   6386   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
   6387   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
   6388   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
   6389   */
   6390   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
   6391     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
   6392     assert( pageInJournal(pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
   6393     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
   6394   }
   6395 
   6396   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
   6397   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
   6398   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
   6399   ** for the page moved there.
   6400   */
   6401   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   6402   pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno);
   6403   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
   6404   if( pPgOld ){
   6405     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
   6406     if( MEMDB ){
   6407       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
   6408       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
   6409       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
   6410     }else{
   6411       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
   6412     }
   6413   }
   6414 
   6415   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
   6416   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
   6417   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
   6418 
   6419   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
   6420   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
   6421   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
   6422   */
   6423   if( MEMDB ){
   6424     assert( pPgOld );
   6425     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
   6426     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgOld);
   6427   }
   6428 
   6429   if( needSyncPgno ){
   6430     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
   6431     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
   6432     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
   6433     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
   6434     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
   6435     ** flag.
   6436     **
   6437     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
   6438     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
   6439     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
   6440     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
   6441     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
   6442     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
   6443     */
   6444     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
   6445     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr);
   6446     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   6447       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
   6448         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
   6449         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
   6450       }
   6451       return rc;
   6452     }
   6453     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
   6454     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
   6455     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
   6456   }
   6457 
   6458   return SQLITE_OK;
   6459 }
   6460 #endif
   6461 
   6462 /*
   6463 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
   6464 */
   6465 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
   6466   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
   6467   return pPg->pData;
   6468 }
   6469 
   6470 /*
   6471 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
   6472 ** allocated along with the specified page.
   6473 */
   6474 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
   6475   return pPg->pExtra;
   6476 }
   6477 
   6478 /*
   6479 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
   6480 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
   6481 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
   6482 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
   6483 **
   6484 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
   6485 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
   6486 ** locking-mode.
   6487 */
   6488 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
   6489   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
   6490             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
   6491             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
   6492   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
   6493   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
   6494   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
   6495   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
   6496     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
   6497   }
   6498   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
   6499 }
   6500 
   6501 /*
   6502 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
   6503 **
   6504 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
   6505 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
   6506 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
   6507 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   6508 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
   6509 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
   6510 **
   6511 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
   6512 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
   6513 **
   6514 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
   6515 **      or _MEMORY.
   6516 **
   6517 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
   6518 **
   6519 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
   6520 */
   6521 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
   6522   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
   6523 
   6524 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
   6525   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
   6526   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
   6527   print_pager_state(pPager);
   6528 #endif
   6529 
   6530 
   6531   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
   6532   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
   6533             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
   6534             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
   6535             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
   6536             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
   6537             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
   6538 
   6539   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
   6540   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
   6541   ** to WAL mode.
   6542   */
   6543   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
   6544 
   6545   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
   6546   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
   6547   */
   6548   if( MEMDB ){
   6549     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
   6550     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
   6551       eMode = eOld;
   6552     }
   6553   }
   6554 
   6555   if( eMode!=eOld ){
   6556 
   6557     /* Change the journal mode. */
   6558     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
   6559     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
   6560 
   6561     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
   6562     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
   6563     ** delete the journal file.
   6564     */
   6565     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
   6566     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
   6567     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
   6568     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
   6569     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
   6570     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
   6571 
   6572     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
   6573     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
   6574 
   6575       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
   6576       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
   6577       ** here is an optimization only.
   6578       **
   6579       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
   6580       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
   6581       ** while it is in use by some other client.
   6582       */
   6583       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   6584       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
   6585         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
   6586       }else{
   6587         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6588         int state = pPager->eState;
   6589         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
   6590         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
   6591           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
   6592         }
   6593         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
   6594           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
   6595           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
   6596         }
   6597         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6598           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
   6599         }
   6600         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
   6601           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   6602         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
   6603           pager_unlock(pPager);
   6604         }
   6605         assert( state==pPager->eState );
   6606       }
   6607     }
   6608   }
   6609 
   6610   /* Return the new journal mode */
   6611   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
   6612 }
   6613 
   6614 /*
   6615 ** Return the current journal mode.
   6616 */
   6617 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
   6618   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
   6619 }
   6620 
   6621 /*
   6622 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
   6623 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
   6624 ** is unmodified.
   6625 */
   6626 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
   6627   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6628   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
   6629   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
   6630   return 1;
   6631 }
   6632 
   6633 /*
   6634 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
   6635 **
   6636 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
   6637 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
   6638 */
   6639 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
   6640   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
   6641     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
   6642   }
   6643   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
   6644 }
   6645 
   6646 /*
   6647 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
   6648 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
   6649 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
   6650 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
   6651 */
   6652 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
   6653   return &pPager->pBackup;
   6654 }
   6655 
   6656 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
   6657 /*
   6658 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
   6659 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
   6660 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
   6661 **
   6662 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
   6663 */
   6664 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
   6665   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6666   if( pPager->pWal ){
   6667     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
   6668         pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
   6669         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
   6670         pnLog, pnCkpt
   6671     );
   6672   }
   6673   return rc;
   6674 }
   6675 
   6676 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
   6677   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
   6678 }
   6679 
   6680 /*
   6681 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
   6682 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
   6683 */
   6684 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
   6685   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
   6686   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
   6687 }
   6688 
   6689 /*
   6690 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
   6691 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
   6692 */
   6693 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
   6694   int rc;                         /* Return code */
   6695 
   6696   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
   6697   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
   6698   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
   6699     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
   6700     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
   6701     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   6702   }
   6703 
   6704   return rc;
   6705 }
   6706 
   6707 /*
   6708 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
   6709 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
   6710 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
   6711 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
   6712 */
   6713 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
   6714   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6715 
   6716   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
   6717   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK || pPager->noReadlock);
   6718 
   6719   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
   6720   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
   6721   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
   6722   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
   6723   */
   6724   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
   6725     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
   6726   }
   6727 
   6728   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
   6729   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
   6730   */
   6731   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6732     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
   6733         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, &pPager->pWal
   6734     );
   6735   }
   6736 
   6737   return rc;
   6738 }
   6739 
   6740 
   6741 /*
   6742 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
   6743 ** this function.
   6744 **
   6745 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
   6746 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
   6747 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
   6748 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
   6749 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
   6750 ** not modified in either case.
   6751 **
   6752 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
   6753 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
   6754 ** without doing anything.
   6755 */
   6756 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
   6757   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
   6758   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
   6759 ){
   6760   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
   6761 
   6762   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
   6763   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
   6764   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
   6765   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
   6766   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
   6767 
   6768   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
   6769     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
   6770 
   6771     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
   6772     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
   6773 
   6774     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
   6775     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6776       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
   6777       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
   6778     }
   6779   }else{
   6780     *pbOpen = 1;
   6781   }
   6782 
   6783   return rc;
   6784 }
   6785 
   6786 /*
   6787 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
   6788 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
   6789 **
   6790 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
   6791 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
   6792 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
   6793 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
   6794 */
   6795 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
   6796   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
   6797 
   6798   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
   6799 
   6800   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
   6801   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
   6802   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
   6803   */
   6804   if( !pPager->pWal ){
   6805     int logexists = 0;
   6806     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
   6807     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6808       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
   6809           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
   6810       );
   6811     }
   6812     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
   6813       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
   6814     }
   6815   }
   6816 
   6817   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
   6818   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
   6819   */
   6820   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
   6821     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
   6822     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
   6823       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
   6824                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
   6825       pPager->pWal = 0;
   6826     }
   6827   }
   6828   return rc;
   6829 }
   6830 
   6831 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
   6832 /*
   6833 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
   6834 ** into the log file.
   6835 **
   6836 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
   6837 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
   6838 */
   6839 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
   6840   void *aData = 0;
   6841   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
   6842   return aData;
   6843 }
   6844 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
   6845 
   6846 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
   6847 
   6848 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
   6849